ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN OF WAH PYNKON LIMESTONE MINE (Area 13.58Ha) Production Rate-49,275 MT per annum (Production will be upto 60, 000 MTPA from 6 th year onward) Registered office address Vill Lumshnong, P.Lumshnong P.S.-Khliehriat,District East Jaintia Hills,Meghalaya 793 210 At Correspondence Address 281, Deepali, Pitampura, New Delhi 110 034 Village - LUMSHNONG, District JAINTIA HILLS, MEGHALAYA Project Proponent Cement Manufacturing Company Limited ENVIRONMENT CONSULTANT M/S PERFACT ENVIRO SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD. (NABET Registered vide list of accredited consultants organizations/ Rev. 34/ Sept 07, 2015 at S.No-115) 5 th Floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace, Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi Phone No.: 011-47528467 Fax: 011-47528434 Email-info@perfactgroup.com Q-0

Form 1 Q-1

Form 1 (I) Basic Information S.No. Item Details 1. Name of the Project Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine 2. S. No. in the schedule 1 (a) Mining of Minerals 3. Proposed Capacity/area/ Length/tonnage to be handled/ command area/ lease area/ number of wells to be drilled. Total Mine Lease Area 13.58ha. It is new mine. Proposed capacity is max. 49,275 Tonnes per year(production will be 60, 000 MTPA from 6 th year as per mining plan). 4. New/Expansion/Modernization New 5. Existing Capacity/Area etc. The area of 13.58 ha has been applied for fresh grant for the proposed capacity of 49,275 tonnes per annum will be 60, 000 MTPA from 6 th year as per approved mining plan).. 6. Category of project i.e. 'A' or 'B' Category A 7. Yes Does it attract general conditions? If yes, Please Specify. As per EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 01.12.2009, the general conditions apply here as the Narpuh wildlife sanctuary falls in 5km radius from the lease boundary. Thus this Q-2

project falls under Category A 8. Does it attract the specific condition? If yes, please specify. No 9. Location Village, Lumshnong, P.O. Lumshnong, P.S-Khliehriat, Dist- East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya-793 210 Topo- sheet No. 83 C/8 (Restricted) Latitude and Longitude 25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.59"N 92 23'12.31"E to 92 23'40.20"E Plot/survey/Khasra No. Consent from Land Owners have been obtained depicting the boundary of the land. Village Lumshnong Tehsil P.S-Khliehriat District East Jaintia Hills 10. State Nearest Railway station/ airport along with distance in kms. Meghalaya Badarpur R.S.-34 km SE, Silchar Airport -68 km SE 11. Village Panchayat, Zilla Parishad, Municipal corporation, local Body(complete postal addresses with telephone nos. to be given) 12. Nearest Town, city, district Headquarters along with distance in kms Lumshnong village committee, Lumshnong, Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya Dist Hd. Qtr.: Jowai(37 Kms NW) Q-3

13. 14. Name of the applicant Registered Address Cement Manufacturing Company Limited Lumshnong, Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya 15. Address for correspondence Name S.K. Jain Designation(Owner/Partner/CEO) Address Authorized Signatory Cement Manufacturing Company Limited 281, Deepali, Pitam Pura, Delhi Pin code 110034 E-mail skjain@cmcl.co.in Telephone No. 011-49805200/300 Fax. No. 011-27033824 16. Details of alternative Sites examined, if any. Location of these sites should be shown on a Topo sheet. Not applicable since the ML area is site specific. 17. Interlinked Projects No 18. Whether separate application of interlinked project has been submitted? No 19. 20. If Yes, date of submission If No, reason Not Applicable Not Applicable 21. Whether the proposal involves approval/ clearance under: if Yes, details of the same and their status to be given. No Q-4

(a) The forest (conversation) Act, 1980? (b) The wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972? (c) The C.R.Z. notification, 1991? 22. Whether there is any Government Order/Policy relevant/ relating to the site? No 23. Forest land involved(hectares) No 24. Whether there is any litigation pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed to be set up. (a) Name of the court (b) Case No. (c) Orders/ directions of the court, if any and its relevance with the proposed project. N/A N/A N/A (II) Activity 1. Construction, operation or decommissioning of the Project involving actions, which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc.) S. No. Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Information/Checklist confirmation 1.1 Permanent or temporary change in land use, land cover or topography including increase in intensity of land use (with respect to local land use plan) 1.2 Clearance of existing land, vegetation and buildings? Yes/N o Yes Yes Opencast mining will alter topography of land falling within the mining lease area. Some vegetation needs to be cleared at the mine site for mining operations. 1.3 Creation of new land uses? Yes Mining and its related activities will change the land use pattern and topography of the area. 1.4 Pre-construction investigations Yes Preliminary Exploration has been done as per geological plan based on geological Q-5

e.g. boreholes, soil testing? mapping, surface sampling supported by the bore hole data. Future exploration shall be undertaken in due course of time. 1.5 Construction works? Yes Mine office, Rest shelter and First aid centre will be constructed at the mine site. 1.6 Demolition works? No Not Applicable 1.7 Temporary sites used for construction works or housing of construction workers? No Local villagers will be employed; hence no specific site is required for constructing the houses for the workers. Rest shelters have been proposed for the workers. 1.8 Above ground buildings, structures or earthworks including linear structures, cut and fill or excavations 1.9 Underground works including mining or tunneling? Yes No Construction of office, toilets, rest shelter, first aid centers etc, will be done at the mines. No underground workings are proposed. 1.10 Reclamation works? Yes The area left as safety barrier for HT Line passing through the lease area, 7.5m Statutory land and upper benches shall be developed as green belt. Mining pit shall be converted into water recharge pit. 1.11 Dredging? No Not Applicable 1.12 Offshore structures? No Not Applicable 1.13 Production and manufacturing processes? Yes Maximum production will be 49,275 MT per year(from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan). Mining will be carried out with drilling and blasting starting from top of the hill. Details of mining method are given in Pre-Feasibility report. 1.14 Facilities for storage of goods or materials? No No storage of goods necessary as the ROM will be directly sent to the CMPL s cement plant 1.15 Facilities for treatment or disposal of solid waste or liquid effluents? No No OB shall be generated. Some soil generated during mining shall be used for plantation Q-6

Stripping Ratio will be 1:0.00 1.16 Facilities for long term housing of operational workers? No Mine Labor will come from nearby villages and hence no housing will be provided. 1.17 New road, rail or sea traffic during construction or operation? No No new rail, road will be required. Mine office, Rest shelter and First aid centre will be constructed at the mine site. 1.18 New road, rail, air waterborne or other transport infrastructure including new or altered routes and stations, ports, airports etc? 1.19 Closure or diversion of existing transport routes or infrastructure leading to changes in traffic movements? 1.20 New or diverted transmission lines or pipelines? 1.21 Impoundment, damming, culverting, realignment or other changes to the hydrology of watercourses or aquifers? 1.22 Stream crossings? No No No No No No new rail, road will be required. Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable 1.23 Abstraction or transfers of water form ground or surface waters? No No abstraction of water is required. Water will be obtained from the cement plant of CMCL. 1.24 Changes in water bodies or the land surface affecting drainage or run-off? No Ultimate working depth of the mining for plan period will be 330m AMSL where as ground water table is at 195m AMSL (in summer) and 200m AMSL (in rainy season). Hence mining will not touch ground water table. Rain water collected into the pit will be used for sprinkling and after mining pit shall be converted into a Q-7

water reservoir. 1.25 Transport of personnel or materials for construction, operation or decommissioning? Yes All the personnel or materials for construction, operation will be through service trucks and other vehicles. 1.26 Long-term dismantling or decommissioning or restoration works? Yes The structures will be dismantled and all machinery will be removed. Mine site reclamation work will be done to restore the lease area as per approved mining plan. 1.27 Ongoing activity during decommissioning which could have an impact on the Environment? No Small magnitude of operation in the form of reclamation at the time of decommissioning. 1.28 Influx of people to an area in Large influx of people is not expected since employment opportunity shall be provided to the local villagers also. There either temporarily or permanently? No shall be direct employment for 21. Besides this there will be large no. of indirect employment to be given mainly to local people as per Govt. Policy. 1.29 Introduction of alien species? No Not Applicable 1.30 Loss of native species or genetic diversity? No Not Applicable 1.31 Any other actions? No Not Applicable 2. Use of Natural resources for construction or operation of the Project (such as land, water, materials or energy, especially any resources which are nonrenewable or in short supply): S.No. Information/checklist confirmation Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities /rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Q-8

2.1 Land especially undeveloped or agricultural land (ha) No Total lease area is 13.58 Ha. It is Private non forest barren land. 2.2 Water (expected source & competing users) unit: KLD Yes Approx. 14KLD of water shall be required for sprinkling and green belt development. 1KLD will be used for drinking and domestic purposes. Total Water requirement of 15 KLD shall be fulfilled through Cement Plant; Rainwater collected shall also be used for sprinkling and green belt development. 2.3 Minerals (MT) Yes This is a mining project for excavation of Limestone. 2.4 Construction material stone, aggregates, sand / soil (expected source MT) No It is insignificant; small quantity of construction material will be initially required and arranged locally. 2.5 Forests and timber (source MT) 2.6 Energy including electricity and fuels (source, competing users) Unit: fuel (MT), energy (MW) 2.7 Any other natural resources (use appropriate standard units) No Yes Not Applicable The machinery will be diesel driven. Diesel and electricity required shall be met from market and local grid respectively. Not Applicable 3. Use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials, which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health. S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 3.1 Use of substances or materials, which are hazardous (as per MSIHC rules) to human health or the environment Yes CMCL has provided a magazine of 6.0 tonnes capacity outside lease area taking safety precautions as per Q-9

(flora, fauna, and water supplies) statutory requirements. 3.2 Changes in occurrence of disease or affect disease vectors (e.g. insect or water borne diseases) No Diesel and Oil will be used for running excavators, tippers, compressors; trucks etc. Therefore used oil generated shall be sold to authorized vendors. Regular medical check-up will be done for respiratory diseases. 3.3 Affect the welfare of people e.g. by changing living conditions? Yes Positive changes will be improved by undertaking welfare projects including development of health, education, economy, and agriculture around project area for local community and welfare of tribal. 3.4 Vulnerable groups of people who could be affected by the project e.g. hospital patients, children, the elderly etc., No Nil 3.5 Any other causes No Not Applicable 4. Production of solid wastes during construction or operation or decommissioning (MT/month) Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No 4.1 Soil, overburden or mine wastes No No OB shall be generated. Some soil generated during mining shall be used for plantation. 4.2 Municipal waste (domestic and or commercial wastes) Yes Stripping Ratio will be 1:0.00 Municipal solid waste generated will be properly disposed off. Toilets will be provided and liquid waste shall be disposed of in septic tank followed by Q-10

soak pit. 4.3 Hazardous wastes (as per Hazardous Waste Management Rules) Yes There will be generation of hazardous waste. All the used oil from mining equipments and dumpers excavators shall be stored in HDPE drums and shall be later handed over to authorized re-processor. 4.4 Other industrial process wastes No Not Applicable 4.5 Surplus product No Not Applicable 4.6 Sewage sludge or other sludge from effluent treatment Yes Toilets will be provided and sewage shall be disposed of in septic tank followed by soak pit. 4.7 Construction or demolition wastes No Not Applicable 4.8 Redundant machinery or equipment No After the exhaustion of this mine the entire machineries will be shifted to other mines of the same company or may be disposed of as per company policy. 4.9 Contaminated soils or other materials No Not Applicable 4.10 Agricultural wastes No Not Applicable 4.11 Other solid wastes No Not Applicable 5. Release of pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air (Kg/hr) S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/N o Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data Q-11

5.1 Emissions from combustion of fossil fuels from stationary or mobile sources Yes Operation of excavators, dumpers and trucks used for transport of mineral and emissions from DG Set. Particulate matter will generate due to drilling blasting. 5.2 Emissions from production processes Yes Fugitive emissions will be generated from drilling and blasting in the form of dust and gases. 5.3 Emissions from materials handling including storage or transport 5.4 Emissions from construction activities including plant and equipment Yes No Fugitive dust during storing and loading of mineral. Not Applicable 5.5 Dust or odors from handling of materials including construction materials, sewage and waste 5.6 Emissions from incineration of waste 5.7 Emissions from burning of waste in open air (e.g. slash materials, construction debris) Yes No No Dust is likely to be generated at the mine during drilling, blasting & handling of mineral. Not Applicable. Not Applicable 5.8 Emissions from any other sources No Not Applicable 6. Generation of Noise and Vibration, and Emissions of Light and Heat: S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/ No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data with source of information data Q-12

6.1 From operation of equipment e.g. engines, ventilation plant, crushers Yes Noise will be generated due to excavators, trucks, drilling machines and blasting. Noise levels are in the range of 85 115 db(a). During drilling and blasting safety of the workers shall be ensured by providing them helmets, ear muffs, gloves, face 6.2 From industrial or similar processes No Not Applicable 6.3 From construction or demolition No Not Applicable 6.4 From blasting or piling Yes Mechanized mining methods will be adopted with drilling and blasting. Daily requirement of explosive shall be about 24Kg/day to blast the drilled holes. A licensed magazine of the company exists near the mine. The capacity being 6 T so explosives shall be stored in it. 6.5 From construction or operational traffic Yes 6.6 From lighting or cooling systems No None Noise will be generated from tippers on haul roads in the range of 80-85 db(a). 6.7 From any other sources No None 7. Risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants into the ground or into sewers, surface waters, groundwater, coastal waters or the sea: S.No Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/N o Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data 7.1 From handling, storage, use or spillage of hazardous materials No The explosives are stored and used as per rule and regulations by DGMS & Controller of Explosives. Storage of used/waste oil on impervious surface shall be provided. The used oil will be sold to vendors authorized by CPCB 7.2 From discharge of sewage or other effluents to water or the land (expected mode and place of No Not Applicable Q-13

discharge) 7.3 By deposition of pollutants emitted to air into the land or into water Yes Dust is likely to be generated during transportation for which water sprinkling shall be done. Retaining wall shall stop possibility of runoff from dump. 7.4 From any other sources No Not Applicable 7.5 Is there a risk of long term build up of pollutants in the environment from these sources? No Not Applicable 8. Risk of accidents during construction or operation of the Project, which could affect human health or the environment. Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data S.No. Information/Checklist confirmation Yes/N o 8.1 From explosions, spillages, fires etc from storage, handling, use or production of hazardous substances No In order to avoid potential risk of accident, storage of explosives in the magazine and their handling will be done as per the guidelines of Director General of Mine Safety (DGMS). 8.2 From any other causes No Not Applicable 8.3 Could the project be affected by natural disasters causing environmental damage (e.g: floods, Earthquakes, landslides, cloudburst etc). Yes Meghalaya falls in Seismic Zone V. Optimal bench slopes will be maintained to avoid bench failure/land slides during any emergent situation. Further Disaster Management Plan will be in place to deal with any emergency. 9. Factors which should be considered (such as consequential development) which could lead to environmental effects or the potential for cumulative impacts with other existing or planned activities in the locality. Q-14

Yes/No Details thereof (with approximate quantities/rates, wherever possible) with source of information data S. No. Information/Checklist confirmation 9.1 Lead to development of supporting facilities, ancillary development or development stimulated by the project which could have impact on the environment e.g.: Yes Development of health, education, economy, and agriculture in 10 km study area w.r.t. project site for local community and welfare of tribal through implementation of social developments. Supporting infrastructure (roads, power supply, waste or Improvement in infrastructure like road etc. and activities through CSR will have positive impact. waste water treatment, etc.) housing development Housing will be provided in the cement plant area. extractive industries supply industries Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable other 9.2 Lead to after-use of the site, which could have an impact on the environment 9.3 Set a precedent for later developments 9.4 Have cumulative effects due to proximity to other existing or planned projects with similar effects Yes No No The ultimate proposed land-use is water reservoir and afforestation/green belt, which will facilitate better environment and the mined out will act as recharge pit. Thus providing a positive effect. The mine closure plan shall be implemented as per IBM guidelines. Not Applicable Not Applicable (III) Environmental Sensitivity Q-15

S. No. Areas Name/ Identity Aerial distance (within 15 km.) from Proposed project location boundary 1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value Narpuh sanctuary Wildlife 3.2 Km SE 2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons - Wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests Water Bodies Lubha River 3.15 km SE 3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration None None 4 Inland, coastal, marine or underground waters. None None 5 State, National boundaries Assam 11.7 Km SE 6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas NH-44 0.2 Km NW 7 Defense installations None None 8 Densely populated or built-up area Lumshnong Umlong Umlaper Tongseng 2.2 Km NW 5.2 Km NW 1 Km NW 2.7Km SE Q-16

9 Areas occupied by sensitive man-made land uses (hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities) Hospital Lumshnong Hospital Jalalpur Hospital 2.2 km NW 20Km NW 1.6 Km NW 22Km NW School Lumshnong Highschool Jaintiya Eastern college 37Km SE 32.50 Km SE 66Km SE 56 Km SW 10 Areas containing important, high quality or scarce resources (Ground water resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) Community Surface Resources: 2.2 Km NW Surface Resources: Lubha river 11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage. (Those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) 12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems (Earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion, flooding or extreme or adverse climatic conditions) None None within 15 km radius of study area. Yes Meghalaya falls in Seismic Zone V. Optimal bench slopes will be maintained to avoid bench failure/land slides during any emergent situation. Further Disaster Management Plan will be in place to deal with any emergency. Q-17

Questionnaire Q-18

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS) (SCHEDULE II) FOR WAH PYNKON LIMESTONE MINING PROJECT LUMSHNONG, EAST JAINTIA HILLS DISTRICT MEGHALAYA (OVER ML AREA OF 13.58 Ha.) OF CEMENT MANUFACTURING COMPANY LIMITED LUMSHNONG, EAST JAINTIA HILLS DISTRICT MEGHALAYA Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd NABET (ISO 9001: 2008 & ISO 14001: 2004 Certified) regd. Company Sl No. 115, Rev. 34 (sep.7, 2015) 503-507, 5th Floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi-110085 Phone No.: 011-47528467, Fax: 011-47528434 Q-19

PROFORMA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL OF MINING PROJECTS (MINING SECTOR PROJECTS) Note 1 : All information to be given in the form of Annex/s should be properly numbered and form part of reply to this proforma. Note 2 : Please enter in appropriate box where answer is Yes / No Note 3 : No abbreviation to be used - Not available or Not applicable should be clearly mentioned. Note 4 : Core zone is the mining lease area. Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone. 1. General Information (a) Name of the project : Wah Pynkon Limetone Mine Village: Lumshnong P.O: Lumshnong-793 210 East Jaintia Hills District Meghalaya (i) Name of the proponent : Cement Manufacturing Company Ltd. Mailing Address : M/s.Cement Manufacturing Company Ltd. 281, Deepali, Pitampura, New Delhi-110034 Telephone : Tel : 011-27033824 (Off) Fax No. : Fax 01-49805200/300, delhi@cmcl.co.in Q-0

(b) Objective of the project : For production upto 49275 MTPA of Limestone(Production will be upto 60, 000 MTPA from 6 th year onward) (c) Location of mine (s) : Village(s) Tehsil District State Lumshnong Khliehriat East Jaintia Hills Meghalaya (d) Does the proposal relate to (i) New mine Yes No (ii) Expansion Yes No Increase in ML area Yes No Increase in annual production Yes No (iii) Renewal of ML Yes No (iv) Modernization Yes No (e) Site Information (i) Geographical Location Latitude 25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.5 Longitude 92 23'12.31"E to 23'40.20"E Q-1

Survey of India Topo sheet number Topo- sheet No. 83 C/8 (Restricted) Elevation above Mean Sea Level 273 m- 387m Total mining lease area (in ha) 13.58 Ha. (ii) Dominant nature of terrain Flat Yes No Undulated Yes No Hilly Yes No 2. Land usage of the mining lease area (in ha.) (a) Agriculture Nil (b) Forest Nil (c) Waste land 13.58 (d) Grazing Nil (e) Surface water bodies/road Nil (f) Others (Specify) Nil Q-2

Total 13.58 Refer Land use Plan Plate no. 6 of EIA report 3. Indicate the seismic zone in which ML area falls. In case of zone IV & V, details of earth quakes in last 10 years. (a) Severity (Richter Scale) V (b) Impact i.e. Damage to Life Yes No Property Yes No Existing mine Yes No Q-3

4. Break-up of mining lease area (in ha.) as per approved conceptual plan: Purpose Mining Lease Area Area acquired Area to be acquired Government Private Total Government Private Government Private Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others Forest Others Agri. Others 1. Area to be excavated -- 2.57 2.57 -- -- -- 2.57 -- - -- -- 2. Storage for top soil -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3. Overburden / Dumps -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- - -- -- 4. Mineral& Subgrade storage 5. Infrastructure (Workshop, crushing unit, magazine) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.01 0.01 -- -- -- 0.01 -- - - -- 6. Roads/nala -- -- -- 0.20 0.20 -- -- -- 0.20 -- - - -- 7. Railways -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 8. Green Belt (Safety Zone) -- -- -- 4.87 4.87 -- -- -- 4.87 -- - - -- 9.Tailings pond -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 10.Effluent treatment plant -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Q-4

11.Coal handling plant / Magazine -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 12. Township area -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 13. Public use -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 14.Other (Specify) Area to be Unused -- -- 5.93 5.93 -- -- -- 5.93 -- -- -- -- TOTAL -- -- -- 13.58 13.58 -- -- -- 13.58 -- - -- - Q-5

5. Township (a) Total area (in ha) Nil (b) No. of dwelling units -- (c) Distance from mine site -- 6. Distance of water bodies (in km) Distance from River Bank * Other Water bodies * Sea / creek / lake / nalla etc. (specify) Mining lease boundary A seasonal stream Umtyrngai flowing west to east along the northern boundary of the project site Lubha river is about 3.15 km SE from the ML area Ancillary facilities --- --- [* From highest flood line / high tide line] 7. For projects falling within the Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) Whether the mineral to be mined is of rare nature and not available outside CRZ? Yes No Q-6

if yes, annex a scaled location map showing low tide line (LTL), high tide line (HTL) duly demarcated by one of the authorized agencies* [ *Director, Space Application Centre, Ahmedabad: Centre for Earth Sciences Studies, Thiruvananthapuram: Institute of Remote Sensing, Anna University, Chennai: Institute of Wetland Management & Ecological Designs, KolKata: Naval Hydrographers s Office, Dehradun: National Institute of Oceanography, Panjim, Goa: and National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai], boundary of mining lease area, distance of ML area from LTL and HTL CRZ boundary and CRZ classification of the project area as per the approved Coastal Zone Management Plan, and settlements, sand dunes, mangroves, forest land/patches, turtles breeding and nesting sites etc., if any, in the project area. Q-7

8. Indicate aerial distance from the periphery of core zone / area from the periphery of the buffer zone to the boundary of following (up to 10 km): S. No. Areas Name Aerial distance from (in km.) Core * Zone Buffer* Zone 1. National Park / Sanctuary 2. Biosphere Reserve / Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve / any other Reserve 3. Forest (RF / PF / unclassified) Narpuh Wild life Sanctuary 3.2 Km SE Narpuh reserve forest 3.2 Km SE 4. Habitat for migratory birds 5. Corridor for animals of schedule I & II of the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 6. Archaeological sites * Notified * Others Does not exist within core zone. Schedule-1 fauna exists in study area i.e. 10 km radius of the lease. Details are given below: 1) Arctonyx collaris (Hog Badger) 2) Felis bengalensis bengalensis (Leopard Cat), 3) Bambusicola fytchii hokinsoni(assam Bamboo Patridge) Defence Installation 7. Industries / Thermal Power Plants -- Q-8

8. Other Mines Khub limestone mine 1.4 Km SE, Lumshnong Limestone Mine (70 Ha) 9. Airport At a distance of about 66 km in Silchar 10. Railway Lines Badarpur R.S. 37 km SE 11. National / State Highways NH-44-0.1 km NW [* Buffer zone in case of ML area up to 25 ha. is to be considered as 5 km all around the periphery of the core zone and for ML area above 25 ha. an area 10 km all around the periphery of the core zone]. 9. Description of flora & fauna separately in the core and buffer zones.* [* Consult the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 as amended subsequently and list species with (1) Common name (2) Scientific name and (3) under which schedule of the Wildlife (Protection) Act the identified species fall. Get the list authenticated by an Expert in the field / credible scientific institute / University / Chief Wildlife Warden office. Information to be based on field survey.] A. Flora Core Zone Buffer Zone 1. Agricultural crops N.A. Paddy, maize, rabi and pulses 2. Commercial crops No Citrus aurantium, Haevea brasilensis, Thysanolaena maxima 3. Plantation Don t exist Litsea citrate, Populus Glambelei, Terminalia myriocarpa 4. Natural vegetation / forest type Don t exist Exist 5. Grass lands Exist Exist 6. Endangered species Don t exist Arundina graminifolia, Cyathea spinulosa, Dendrobium sp., Gnetum scandens, Nepenthes khasiana 7. Endemic species Don t exist Nepenthes khasiana Q-9

8. Others (Specify) - - B. Fauna 1. Total listing of faunal elements Para 3.10.2 of EIA report 2. Endangered species Don t exist Table 3-24 EIA report Arctonyx collari(hog Badger)s, Bambusicola fytchii Hokinson(Assam Bamboo Prtridge)i, Felis bengalensis bengalensis(leopard Cat) *Conservaton Plan attached as Annexure 10 of the EIA report 3. Endemic species Don t exist Don t exist 4. Migratory species Don t exist Don t exist 5. Details of aquatic fauna, if applicable Not applicable Not applicable For authenticated List of Flora & Fauna for Core & Buffer Zone refer to Chapter 3 Baseline table 3-22, 3-23, 3-24. 10. Details of mineral reserves (as per approved Mining Plan) Quantity (in million tonnes) (a) Proved(111) 0.041535 (b) Probable(122) 0.388620 (c) Inferred - (d) Mineable reserves 0.430155 MT Q-10

11. Major geological formation / disturbances in the mining lease area (a) Geological maps submitted Yes No (b) Geological sections submitted Yes No (c) Contour map submitted Yes No (d) Whether the presence, if any, noted of (i) Faults Yes No (ii) Dykes Yes No (iii) Shear Zone Yes No (iv) Folds Yes No (v) Other weak zones Yes No (e) Source of data (Indicate) Mining Plan Surface-Geological Plan Enclosed as plate 4 of EIA report 12. Production of mineral(s) and life of mine (a) Rated capacity of mine mineral wise (Tonnes / annum) 49275 Lime Stone(from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as Q-11

per mining plan) (b) Life of mine at proposed capacity (Years) 9 yrs approx (c) Lease period (Years) 30 years (d) Date of expiry of lease (D /M /Y) 21 July 2040 (e) Indicate in case of existing mines (i) Date of opening of mine NA (ii) Production in the last 5 years from year to year in million tonnes. 1 st Year 5 th year NA NA (iii) Projected production for the next 5 years from year in million tonnes. 1 st to 5 th year NA NA (iv) Whether mining was suspended after opening of the mine? Yes No If yes, details thereof include last production figure and reason for the same. (f) Whether plans & sections provided? Yes No 13. Type and method of mining operations Q-12

Type Method Opencast Manual Underground Semi-mechanized Both Mechanized 14. Details of ancillary operations for mineral processing (a) Existing Nil (b) Additional Nil 15. Mine details (a) Opencast mine (i) Stripping ratio (mineral in tonnes to over burden in m 3 ) 1:0 (ii) Ultimate working depth (in m bgl) It will not intercept ground water table For plan period mining will be done from 381-330mRL i.e. 51m bgl. The ultimate working depth will be 265 mrl i.e. 116m bgl. (iii) Indicate present working depth in case of existing mine (in m bgl) New Mines Q-13

(iv) Thickness of top soil (in m.) Minimum Top Soil exists in patches Maximum Nil Average Nil (v) Thickness of overburden (in m.) Minimum Nil Maximum Nil Average Nil (vi) Mining Plan Height and width of the bench in overburden / waste. NA Height & width of the bench in ore body/ coal seam. Ultimate bench will be 3m * 4.5m (working bench width will be 20m) Proposed inclination/ slope of the sides of the opencast mine 45 o Q-14

(separately for overburden, coal /ore and overall slope of the pit sides) both while operating the mine as well as at the time of closure of the mine. Whether transverse sections across the opencast mine at the end of fifth year and at the end of the life of the mine have been submitted? Yes No (vii) Type of blasting, if any, to be adopted. Blasting using class-vi explosive (b) Underground mine Not Applicable (i) Seam/ Ore body Min. Depth (m) Max. Depth (m) Avg. Thickness(m) Rate of dip in degree Direction of dip (ii) Mode of entry into the mine Shaft Adit Incline (iii) Details of machinery Q-15

On surface At face For transportation Others (iv) Method of stoping (metalliferrous mines) Open Filled Shrinkage Caving Combination of above Others (specify) (v) Extraction method Caving Stowing Q-16

Partial extraction (vi) Subsidence Predicted max. subsidence (in m) Max. value of tensile strain (in mm/m) Max. slope change (in mm/m) Whether identified possible subsidence area(s) superimposed on Surface Plan has been submitted? Yes No Major impacts on surface features like natural drainage pattern, houses, buildings, water bodies, roads, forest, etc. Salient features of subsidence management (monitoring and control). 16. Surface drainage pattern at mine site (a) Whether the pre-mining surface drainage plan submitted? Yes No Enclosed as plate no. 10 of EIA report (b) Do you propose any modification / diversion in the existing natural drainage pattern at any stage? If yes, when. Provide location map indicating contours, dimensions of water body to be diverted, direction of flow of water and Yes No Q-17

proposed route / changes, if any i.e. realignment of river / nallah /any other water body falling within core zone and its impact. 17. Embankment and / or weir construction (a) Do you propose, at any stage, construction of (i) Embankment for protection against flood? Yes No As the level of working benches are much above the ground level. (ii) Weir for water storage for the mine? Yes No (b) If so, provide details thereof. Not Applicable (c) Impact of embankment on HFL and settlement around No Impact (d) Impact of weir on down stream users of water. No Impact 18. Vehicular traffic density Type of vehicle No. of vehicles per day (a) Existing No movement Nil (b) After the proposed activity Truck of 10MT capacity 3 Q-18

(c) Whether the existing road network is adequate? Yes No If no, provide details of alternative proposal? 19. Loading, transportation and unloading of mineral and waste rocks on surface: (a) Manual Yes No (b) Tubs, mine cars, etc. Yes No (c) Scraper, shovels, dumpers/ trucks. Yes No (d) Conveyors (belt, chain, etc.) Yes No (e) Other (specify) 20. Mineral(s) transportation outside the ML area Qty. (in TDP) Percent (%) Length(in km) (a) Road 164.25 100% 3.0 (b) Rail (c) Conveyors (d) Rope way (e) Water ways Q-19

(f) Pipeline (g) Others (specify) Total 164.25 100% Q-20

21. Baseline Meteorological and Air Quality data The baseline study was earlier done from March-May 2013, revalidated study done in May, 2015 (a) Micro-meteorological data Wind rose diagram & frequency distribution given in [Continuous monitoring through autographic instrument for one full season other than monsoon] EIA report at Fig-3-1 and revalidated at 3-2 (i) Wind rose pattern for one full season (16 points of compass i.e. N, NNE, NE, ---) based on 24-hourly data. For coastal area also furnish day-time and night time data. Day time Night time 24 hours period (ii) Site specific monitored data Month Wind Speed (kmph) Temperature ( o C) Relative Humidity (%) Rain Fall * (mm) # Cloud Cover** (Octas of sky) Mean Max. Min Mean (Dry Bulb) Highest Lowest Mean Highest Lowest Total 24-hours Highest No. of rainy days Mean Q-21

May 2015 2.9 9 0.4 23.6 35.0 14.0 69.3 95.6 36.0 # The annual rainfall recorded during the last one year at site is 3109.8mm. * 24-hours rainfall should be reported from 08:30 hrs. IST of previous day to 08:30 hrs. IST of the day. * Rainy day is considered when 24 hrs. rainfall is 2.5 mm. ** Visual observations of cloud cover should be recorded four times a day at regular intervals. (iii) Indicate name and distance of the nearest IMD meteorological station from which climatological data have been obtained for reporting in the EIA report, if any. Q-22

(b) Ambient air quality data* (PM 10, SPM, SO 2, and NOx) Revalidated study Enclosed as Table 3-4 (vii) of EIA report [*Monitoring should be carried out covering one full season except monsoon same season as in 21 (a) (i)] [*Frequency of sampling: Sampling to be done twice a week for the entire season 24 hourly for SPM & RPM. For gaseous pollutants 24- hourly data be given irrespective of the sampling period. ] (i) Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out. (ii) No. of samples collected at each monitoring station Name of monitoring equipment used Equipment sensitivity SPM PM10 SO 2 No x Pb** Permissible AAQ standard (CPCB) R 200 100 80 80 24 hourly I S 500 100 80 80 100 100 80 80 Monitoring Location No. of Samples Drawn Category* (R, I, S) Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 95% Tile Min. Max. 98% tile Min. Max. 98% tile Q-23

Core zone CA 1 2 I 23.9 29.0 27.9 46.1 60.2 54.8 13.6 15.9 15.7 15.1 17.4 17.2 CA 2 25.3 30.6 29.4 48.7 63.5 57.8 13.0 15.0 14.5 15.0 17.5 17.0 Buffer zone 26.6 32.2 31.0 51.3 66.9 60.8 13.2 15.2 14.7 15.2 17.4 17.2 BA 3 BA 4 32.2 39.0 37.5 62.0 80.9 73.6 12.3 14.1 14.0 14.2 16.5 16.1 BA 5 29.5 35.8 34.4 56.9 74.2 67.5 13.8 15.8 15.6 15.5 17.9 17.6 6 R BA 6 23.1 28.0 27.0 44.6 58.2 52.9 13.6 15.5 15.4 15.3 17.7 17.5 BA 7 22.1 26.7 25.7 42.6 55.5 50.5 12.5 14.5 14.3 14.0 17.0 16.5 BA 8 28.2 34.2 32.8 54.3 70.9 64.5 13.0 15.0 14.5 15.0 17.5 17.0 *R = Residential; I = Industrial; S = Sensitive **Pb for mineral specific sites only. # Annex a location map indicating location of AAQ stations, their direction and distance with respect to project site. Enclosed in the EIA report as well as Plate no. 09 of EIA report Q-24

22. Stack and emission details, if any* Not Applicable Sl. No. Process / unit of operation (e.g. DG Set, Boiler) Height of stack (m) Internal top dia. (m) Flue gas exit velocity (m/sec) Emission rate (kg/hr) SPM SO 2 NO x CO Heat emission rate from top of stack (K.cal/hr) Temp O C Exhaust / Flue gas Density Specific Heat Volumetric flow rate (m 3 /hr.) 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 23. Details of fugitive emissions during mining operations* Not applicable 24. Air Quality Impact Prediction (AQIP)* Though the area of the mine is less than 25 Ha an Air Dispersion Model is prepared enclosed in the EIA report at annexure 9) (a) Details of model(s) used for AQIP including grid size, terrain features, and input meteorological data (b) Maximum incremental GLC values of pollutants based on prediction exercise (in µg/m 3 ) Q-25

S. No. Pollutants Incremental Value Ambient Air Quality Resultant Air Quality 1. PM10 2**. SO 2 3**. NO X [* Question Number 22, 23 & 24 need not be filled-in for mines having ML area of 25 ha. or less.] [**Information on item no. 2 & 3 to be provided Q-26

25. Water requirement (m 3 /day) Purpose Avg. Demand Peak Demand A. Mine site 1. Mine operation 2. Land reclamation 3. Dust suppression 4. Drinking 5. Green Belt 6. Beneficiation 7. Washeries 8. Fire Service 9. Others Plantation B. Township Screening unit 1. Green Belt 2. Domestic 3. Other (specify) 6 -- 8 1 -- -- -- -- -- Included in dust suppression -- -- -- 6 -- 8 1 -- -- -- -- -- Included in dust suppression -- -- -- Total 15 15 26. Source of water supply* S. No. Source m 3 /day 1 River (name) Nil 2 Ground water Nil 3 Mine water (sump / pit) Nil 4 Other surface water bodies (specify) Plant supply 15KLD Water will be sourced from nearby CMCL plant Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page27

[*Annex a copy of sanction letter / permission from the concerned authority (Central Ground Water Authority in case of ground water abstraction is from notified area / State Ground Water Board in case of non-notified area / State Irrigation Department for surface water pumping) for drawing water.] 27. Lean season flow in case of pumping from river / nalla (cumecs) Not applicable 28. Ground water potential of the study area 28.1. Ground water availability (a) Range of water table (m bgl) (i) Pre-monsoon (April/May) Core Zone 197 Buffer Zone 197 (ii) Post-monsoon (November) Core Zone 187 Buffer Zone 187 (b) Total annual replenishable recharge (million m 3 / year) Source: Ground water brochure of Jaintia Hills. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page28

By ground water table fluctuation method - By rainfall infiltration factor method 307.5(monsoon) 70.5(non monsoon) (c) Annual draft excluding estimated draft through mine discharge (million m 3 / year) - (d) Estimated draft through mine discharge (million m 3 / year) Nil (e) Net annual ground water availability (million m 3 / year) 340.2 (f) Stage of ground water development in % 0.006% 28.2 Water demand - Competing users of the water source Sl. No. Usage Present Consumption (m3/day) Additional proposed as per local plan Total (m3/day) (m3/day) Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground 1 Domestic 236 9 -- -- 236 9 2 Irrigation -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 Industry 500 100 -- -- 500 100 4 Mining -- -- -- -- -- -- 5 Others (specify) -- -- -- -- -- -- Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page29

Total 736 109 -- -- 736 109 29. Water quality* Revalidated study Enclosed as Table -3-16 of EIA report (a) Annex physico -chemical analysis of water at intake point ** (b) In case of existing mine, annex report on quality of water discharge i.e. complete physico - chemical analysis*** [*For non-discharging mines at least four ground water samples to be taken preferably from downstream direction of the mine in pre-monsoon and post-monsoon periods and analysed. For discharging mines six samples are to be analysed] **All parameters as per BIS 10500. Indicate name of Methodology, Equipment used for analysis, and Detection Level (DL) for each parameter. *** Wherever any analytical parameter is below detection level, BDL (Below Detection Level) should be written instead of NIL. 30. Impact on ground water regime / stream / lake / springs due to mine dewatering * Water table shall not be intersected during mining. Therefore no mine dewatering will be done (a) Radius of influence (in m) [To be estimated based on analysis of pumping test data and application of empirical formula] (b) Whether saline water ingress will take place? (applicable to coastal areas) Yes No (c) Impact on stream / lake / springs Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page30

[* Provide a comprehensive hydro-geological assessment report if the average mine dewatering is more than 100 m 3 /day and or going below water table in non-monsoon period. The report should be based on preferably latest one year pre-monsoon and post-monsoon baseline data covering information on ground water situation, aquifer characteristics, water level conditions (April May and November), estimate of ground water resources, predicted impact of the project on ground water regime and detailed remedial / conservation measures such as artificial recharge of ground water etc. The report should be based on actual field inventory out of existing wells, at least 30 observation wells in the buffer zone with supplementary information from secondary sources (mention name). For estimation** of ground water resource (refer question no. 28 above) be designated study area of the buffer zone may be sub-divided into command and non-command areas, watershed-wise (in case of hard rock / consolidated formations) / block-wise / mandal-wise in case of alluvial / unconsolidated formations)] [**For estimating ground water resources in the area follow the Ground Water Estimation Committee recommendations of 1997] 31. Waste Water Management Mine Not Applicable (a) Daily average discharge (m 3 /day) from different sources (i) Mine water discharge during Lean period Not Applicable Monsoon period Not Applicable (ii) Workshop Not Applicable (iii) Domestic (mine site) Not Applicable (iv) Beneficiation/ washeries (Crusher) No Discharge (v) Coal Handling Plant Not Applicable Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page31

(vi) Tailing Pond Not Applicable (vii) Others (specify) Not Applicable Total Nil (b) Waste water treatment plant; flow sheet for treatment process attached. Yes No (Garland Drain will be provided to limit surface runoff. The mining pit will be developed as water recharge pit) (c) Quantity of water recycled / reused / to be recycled in No Discharge (i) Percentage (ii) m 3 /day (d) Point of final discharge 1. Surface Final Point Quantity discharged (in m 3 /day) (i) Agricultural land (ii) Waste land (iii) Forest land (iv) Green belt Nil Nil Nil Rain water collected in the proposed mining pit will also be used for green belt development 2. River / nallah Nil 3. Lake Nil Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page32

4. Sea Nil 5. Others (specify) Nil Total Nil (e) Users of discharge water : No Discharge (i) Human Yes No (ii) Livestock Yes No (iii) Irrigation Yes No (iv) Industry Yes No (v) Others (specify) (f) Details of the river / nalla, if final effluent is / will be discharged (cumecs): No Discharge (i) Average flow rate (ii) Lean season flow rate (iii) Aquatic life Yes No (iv) Analysis of river water 100 meters upstream and 100 meters downstream of discharge point submitted. Yes No Township Not Applicable Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page33

(a) Waste water generation from township (m 3 /day) (b) Are you planning to provide sewage treatment plant? Yes No (c) Usage of treated water Yes No 32. Attach water balance statement in the form of a flow diagram indicating source(s), consumption (Section-wise) and output. Please refer to Fig 10.1 of the EIA report 33. Ambient noise level leq db(a) Revalidated Baseline study May, 2015 Location of Sampling Station A. Core Zone CN 1 CN 2 B. Buffer Zone Day Time 55.4 55.7 Noise level Night Time 41.9 41.6 BN 3 56.0 42.2 BN 4 57.8 43.6 BN 5 54.7 41.6 BN 6 55.2 42.4 BN 7 54.6 41.8 BN 8 52.6 38.9 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page34

34. Solid Waste (a) Top soil and Solid waste quantity and quality Not Applicable Name (Lump/fines/slurry/ Sludge/others) Composition Quantity (m 3 /month) Method of disposal Mining activity* Topsoil exists in patches and pockets; it will be used for green belt development. a. Top Soil --- -- No OB will be generated b. Over burden -- -- -- c. Others (specify) -- -- -- Effluent Treatment Plant (sludge) -- -- -- Total -- [* Annex layout plan indicating the dump sites.] There will be no waste generation from this mine. So, waste dumping & its management in the area is not envisaged. Meager amount of Top soil generated will be used for plantation. (b) (i) Does waste(s) contain any hazardous/ Yes No Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page35

toxic substance/radioactive materials or heavy metals? (ii) If yes, whether details and precautionary measures provided? Yes No Not Applicable (c) Recovery and recycling possibilities. No (d) Possible user(s) of the solid waste. (e) (i) Is the solid waste suitable for backfilling? Yes No (ii) If yes, when do you propose to start backfilling? Solid Waste(s) Already accumulated To be generated (B) % of A & B to be backfilled A B (A) Over burden -- -- -- -- Others (specify) Land reclamation Plan On Top soil exists in patches. It will be used in green belt development. There will be no OB generation. (f) In case waste is to be dumped on the ground, indicate (i) Associated environment problem Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page36

(ii) Number and type of waste dumps No. of external dumps Max. projected height of dumps (in m) No of terraces and height of each stage Overall slope of the dump Proposed reclamation measures (iii) Section of the waste dump in relation to the adjacent ground profile attached. Yes No 35. Fuel / Energy requirements* [*To be furnished for mines having ML area more than 25 ha. or captive power generation of 500KVA and above] (a) Total power requirement (In MW) Sl.No Status Mine Site Township Others(Specify) Total 1 Present -- -- -- -- 2 Proposed/ Additional -- -- -- -- Total -- -- -- -- Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page37

(b) Source of power (In MW) Sl.No Status SEB/Grid* Captive Power Plant DG Sets Present -- -- -- Proposed -- -- -- Total -- -- -- [* Annex a copy of the sanction letter from the concerned authority] (c) Details of Fuel Sl.No Fuel Daily Consumption (TDP) Calorific value (Kcal/kg) % Ash % Sulphur Existing Proposed 1 HSD 2 LSHS 3 Other (Specify) (Diesel-500ltr/day) 36. Storage of inflammable / explosive materials S. No. Name Number of Storages Consumption (in TPD) Maximum Quantity at any point of time 1 Fuels 1 500 L/day -- 2 Explosives 1 0.024 TPd -- 37. Human Settlement Core Zone Buffer Zone Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page38

Population* Nil 8984 No. of villages No house hold 19 Number of households village-wise Nil 1627 [* As per 2011 census record or actual survey Refer to Table 3-25 & T 3-26 of EIA report 38. Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Plan* [*Provide a comprehensive rehabilitation plan, if more than 1000 people are likely to be displaced, other-wise a summary plan] There will be no displacement of population. The land is private land therefore compensation provisions are for the owners of land. (a) Villages falling within the study area Villages Number Name Core zone -- -- 500 m from the blasting site (s) -- -- Buffer zone 19 Nongsning, Mynkre, Chieh Ruphi, Musiang Lamare (new), Musiang Lamare (old),um Rasiang, Umrasong, Thang Skai, Wahiajer, Lum Shnong, Umlaper, Um Latdoh,Umlaper, Umstain, tongseng, Lum Tongseng, Suna Pyrdi, Lahalein, Shymplong Township site 1 Lumshnong (b) Details of villages in core zone S. No. Village name Population* Average Annual Income Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page39

Tribal Others No village Nil Nil No population in lease area [*As per 2011 census / actual survey] (c) Population to be displaced and / or Land oustees Name of village(s) falling within Number of oustees Land (only) Homestead (only) Land and Homestead (both) Mining Lease Township Site 1. 2. Not Applicable (d) Whether R&R package has been finalized? If yes, salient features of R&R plan for oustees. No displacement is applicable The land is private land therefore compensation provisions are for the owners of land. (i) Site details where the people are proposed to be resettled & facilities existing / to be created. Not Applicable (ii) Funds earmarked for compensation package. The rate of compensation will be that owner will get Rs Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page40

1.20lakhs/ha- Please refer EIA report CH-7 heading 7.6 Rehabilitation and resettlement plan (iii) Agency /Authority responsible for their resettlement. Not Applicable (iv) Time of commencement of resettlement of Project Affected People (PAP). Not Applicable (v) Period by which resettlement of PAP will be over. Not Applicable 39. Lease -wise plantation details (a) Lease area (in ha) Existing Mine New Mine (i) Area broken up Not Applicable Nil (ii) To be broken up Not Applicable 2.57 (iii) Area not to be broken up Not Applicable 10.3 (b) Township area (in ha.) Not Applicable Not Applicable (c) Area afforested and proposed (in ha) 4.87 ha as safety zone and 2.57ha will be mining pit. This will be reclaimed. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page41

Peripheral& safety barrier for HTL Dumps Roads Township Others(Infrastructure+ Area to be broken up+ area left) (i) Existing --- -- -- -- --- (ii) Proposed 4.87 --- 0.21 -- 0.01+2.57+5.93 (d) No. and type of trees planted and proposed (i) Existing When plantation was started? Month/ Year Nil. No of Plant species Planted Number of sapling (per ha) Survival rate % Avg. height (ii) Proposed No of plant species to be planted Locally thriving plants species will be planted Number of saplings (per ha) 1600 40. Environmental health and safety Please refer EIA report CH-10 para 10.3 green belt development (a) What major health and safety hazards are anticipated? Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page42

No major health and safety hazards are anticipated. (b) What provisions have been made/ proposed to be made to conform to health and safety requirements? Regular health check-up of worker and villagers of nearby areas for respiratory disorder and hearing tests. (c) In case of an existing mine Not Applicable (i) Comprehensive report on health status of the workers as under the Mines Act annexed Yes No (ii) Mineralogical composition of RPM (dust) Free silica < 0.01% -- Chromium* (total as well as hexavalent) -- Lead** -- [* Only for Chromite mines] [**Only for Base Metal mines] (d) Information on radiation protection measures, if applicable. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page43

41. Environmental Management Plan S. No. Environmental issues* Already practiced (if applicable)/ Proposed 1. Air pollution Maintenance of haul roads. Regular water spraying on roads by tankers. Provision of dust collectors for the drilling machines Controlled blasting Supply of dust protective gears for the workers Vehicles shall have PUC certificate Plantation of wide leaf trees, creepers, tall grasses around quarry sites, roads, and other surrounding barren zones. 2 Water pollution No loose sediments will be kept in the working benches particularly during monsoon months. Peripheral drain proposed to arrest the inflow of run-off water to the quarry area. 3. Water No water from the project site allow to flow out site. conservation Run off water and water of the lease area in rainy season shall be collected by construction check dam and garland drain. A rain water harvesting pond will be built up in lower part of the proposed site, by which natural surface rain water will automatically come to the pond. The rain water harvesting pond will be in the size to carry minimum 5 days of heavy rain fall in the tank. These water passes through the settling tanks for treatment and then it will be used. The rain waters will be used for fire fighting, gardening and plantation etc. 4. Noise and Proper and regular maintenance of heavy earth moving vibration equipment, vehicles, compressors. Provision of supplying earplugs for machinery operators. Carrying of blasting only during daytime (not during cloudy weather and when strong wind is blowing towards residential areas). Blasting will be carried out with limited explosives at a time so that the noise generation can be well maintained with the prescribed limits. Provision of Green Belt (thick foliage) along the lease boundary and road. 5. Land degradation Reclamation and plantation will be carried out. Green belt development shall be done. 6. Erosion & Plantation shall be carried out to avoid soil erosion. Sediment Sediment in the run off shall be settled in the setting tank and dump in the dump yard. 7. Wildlife conservation Protection will be taken care of as per the advice of local forest and wildlife department and approved conservation plan attached at Annexure 10. 8. Forest protection The forest area within the lease will be utilized for mining purpose. Care shall be taken with other mine owner and govt. agency to protect the nearby forest wealth. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page44

9. Others (specify) socio economic measures Family planning Abandonment of shift cultivation Planting of trees and social forestry Reduction in the consumption of fuel wood and encourage use of alternative fuels Use of clean and boiled water Reducing the consumption of alcohol Saving from earnings Personal hygiene Regular health check [* As applicable] 42. Compliance with environmental safeguards (For existing units) (a) Status of the compliance of conditions of environmental clearance issued by MoEF if any, enclosed. Yes No (b) Status of the compliance of Consent to Operate issued by SPCB, if any, enclosed. Yes No (c) Latest 'environmental statement' enclosed. Yes No 43. Scoping of EIA Whether environmental impact assessment of the project has been carried out by following scoping process? Yes No If yes, a copy of scoping of EIA annexed Yes No A copy of EIA Enclosed 44. Mine closure Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page45

(a) Have you planned mine closure? Yes No (b) Submitted a conceptual mine closure plan. Yes No (c) If yes, indicate estimated amount for implementing the same (in Rs. lakhs) - 45. Capital cost of the project (in Rs. Lakh) (Based on latest estimate) 131 46. Cost of environmental protection measures Refer to Para 10.15 & Table 10-2 of EIA report S. No. Measures Capital cost Annual recurring cost 1 Pollution Control (Separately provide break-up) (Rs in Lakh) Existing Proposed Existing Proposed - - - - 2 Pollution Monitoring - 1.5-1.6 (Separately provide break-up) 3 Occupational Health Public Health 4 Green Belt (Nursery) Wire fencing and maintenance of green belt - 2.0 1.5-0.5 0.5 - - - 1.0 0.8-5 Reclamation / Rehabilitation - 0.5-1.0 of mined out area by water recharge pit 6 Others (CSR Activity) Haul road maintenance - 3 0.5-2 0.8 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page46

Total - - - - 47. Amount earmarked for socio-economic welfare measures for the nearby villages other than R&R plans. 3 Lakhs capital expenses 2 Lakhs Annual Recurring Expenses 48. Public Hearing Public Hearing Proceedings as Annexure 3 of EIA report (a) Date of Advertisement 12.5.2014 (b) Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared The Shillong Times The Meghalaya Guardian Mowphor Today Nongsain Hima (c) Date of public hearing (DD/MM/YYYY) 12.06.2014 (d) Public Hearing Panel chaired by & members present Smti. D. Phawa MCS, Additional Deputy Commissioner, East Jaintia Hills, District, Khliehriat Shri. S. Syiem Astt. Env. Engg.,MSPCB, Shillong (e) No. of people attended the public hearing meeting and number of people from the lease area. 33 Nil Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page47

(f) Summary/details of public hearing in tabular form. Public Hearing Proceedings as Annexure 3 of EIA report 49. Whether the following approvals* (wherever applicable) have been obtained? (i) Site clearance from MOEF N/A Yes No (ii) Consent for Establishment from the State Pollution Control Board Yes No (iii) NOC from Atomic Mineral Division N/A Yes No (iv) Mining plan approval from IBM / Ministry of Coal Yes No (v) In case of existing mines, mining scheme approval from IBM (Mining Plan) N/A Yes No (vi) Forestry clearance under FCA,1980 Clearance from NBWL Yes No Will be Applied (vii) NOC from Chief Controller of Explosives Yes No Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page48

Will be Applied (viii) Commitment regarding availability / pumping of water from the concerned Authorities N/A Yes No (ix) In case of ML area falling in notified areas of the Central Ground Water Authority, NOC from them. N/A Yes No [* Annex copies of approvals and number them] 50. Was / is there any court case relating to the project or related activities? If so, provide details present status. Yes No Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page49

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page50

TOR COMPLIANCE Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page51

S.N Tor Points o. 1. Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had been any increase in production after the EIA Notification 1994 came into force, w.r.t. the highest production achieved prior to 1994. 2. A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine should be given. 3. All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible with one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management, mining technology etc. and should be in the name of the lessee. 4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the area should be provided. Such an Imagery of the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area (core and buffer zone). 5. Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics. 6. Details about the land proposed for mining activities should be given with information as to whether mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; land diversion for mining should have approval from State land use board or the concerned authority. 7. It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Compliance It is a new mine. CMCL has been allotted LoI vide letter no. MG.96/2007/82 dated 22 nd July 2010. LoI vide letter no. MG.96/2007/82 dated 22 nd July 2010 has been granted in the name of the proponent i.e. CMCL by Secretary Mining and Geology Dept., Meghalaya. It is attached as Annexure 2 in the EIA report. EIA report and approved mining plan are compatible with each other. The toposheet is restricted. Therefore google map is prepared for 10 Km radius attached at Plate-2, Land Use map in Plate 6 of the EIA report The Toposheet is restricted. Therefore google map is prepared for 10 Km radius. It is attached at Plate-2 The surface Map is shown at Plate-4 showing surface features of the lease area. The land is private non-forest land. The detail about land type and land use is given in para 2.4.2 Land Use of the Core Zone in Ch-2 of the EIA report. The Company is well established and has its environmental policy. The same is attached at Annexure-6 Page52

stakeholders at large, may also be detailed in the EIA Report. 8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard measures in each case should also be provided. 9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period. 10 Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land use should be given. 11 Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area, distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given. 12 Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided, confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests, based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees. 13 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the Project including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory Afforestation (CA) should be indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished. 14 Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd The Mining risks and its mitigation with Disaster Management Plan is given in Ch-7 of the EIA report at Para 7.3 and 7.4. A detailed disaster Management plan is attached at annexure-7 Map delineating the study area covered by 10 Km radius around the mine lease periphery prepared. Attached at Plate -2 Top soil generated shall be stacked separately and shall be later used for the purpose of plantation. Detailed in EIA report, chapter 2 heading 2.8 and Waste Generation and heading 2.9 Reclamation & Rehabilitation measures of the Ch-2 of EIA report Land use of the study area is prepared and given as Plate 6 annexed in EIA report. There will be no OB generation. Top soil generated will be used for plantation. No stacking of top soil shall be done outside the lease area. Not applicable. As the Mine lease area does not involve any forest land Mine lease area has Narpuh Wild Life Sanctuary at 3.15km SE. Not applicable. As the Mine lease area does not involve any forest land Not applicable Page53

15 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given. 16 A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost implications and submitted. 17 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National Board of Wildlife and copy furnished. 18 A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-i fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part of the project cost. 19 Proximity to Areas declared as Critically Polluted or the Project areas likely to come under the Aravali Range, (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities could be considered. 20 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone EB report is a part of Chapter 3 heading 3.10 Biodiversity. There is Narpuh Wildlife Sanctuary within 5km of the study area. Details of Flora and fauna existing within the study area are given in chapter-3 Para 3.10 Ecology and Biodiversity Anticipated impact of mining on the same along with suggested mitigation measures are incorporated in chapter 4 Para 4.10 Biological Environment There is Narpuh Wildlife Sanctuary at 3.2Km SE from the lease area Details of Biodiversity existing within the study area are given in chapter-3 Para 3.10 Ecology and Biodiversity Anticipated impact of mining on the same along with suggested mitigation measures are incorporated in chapter 4 Para 4.10 Biological Environment Conservation plans for Sc-I Fauna have been prepared and duly authenticated.attached as Annexure 10 of the EIA report Not applicable Not applicable Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page54

Management Authority). 21 R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s) located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village(s) including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the Report. 22 One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March - May (Summer Season); October December (post monsoon season) ; December - February (winter season)] primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given. 23 Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided. The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site, location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant wind direction may also be indicated on the map. 24 The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated. 25 Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water As per the primary site survey & latest census data available, the mine lease area is devoid of any agriculture land. Displacement of population is not envisaged. Agreed proper compensation based on the mutual agreement basis shall be provided to the land owner. Please refer Chapter 7 Para 7.6, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan The base line data of one Season (Pre monsoon) was collected from March 2013 to May 2013. One season revalidated data is also covered in Ch-3 of the EIA report. Test reports given in EIA report Annexure 11. The dispersion model is attached in the EIA report Ch-4 para 4.4 Detail of Air modeling is given in Annexure.9 The total water requirement for the project is 15KLD water. It will be sourced from CMCL Plant. Rain water collected during will be used for green belt development and dust suppression. Not applicable Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page55

for the Project should be provided. 26 Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given. Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided. 27 Impact of the Project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater, should be assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided. 28 Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater. Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished. 29 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification / diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out. 30 Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same. 31 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be given. The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the species which are tolerant to pollution. 32 Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the Project Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Pit created due to mining will be used as water recharge pit for development of ground water in the area. There shall be no use of toxic material and there will be no runoff from the mine therefore, mining shall not adversely impact surface or ground water. Mining shall be done keeping all the safety procedures in mind. Anticipated impact on the water quality both surface and ground are assessed and mitigation measures are suggested & provided in Chapter-4 Para 4.5 Water Environment Mining will not intersect ground water at any stage. Details are given under the heading Water Conservation para 2.9 Reclamation and Resettlement of Ch-2 of the EIA report No stream is passing through the lease area. Details of Water bodies near the lease are is given in Table 2.1 Location details in Ch-2 The elevation details are explained in Ch2 heading 2.4 Lease hold area Details about proposed plantation are given in CH-4 Impact and Mitigation Measures under the heading 4.12 Plantation/ Afforestation programme Details about proposed increase in traffic density are given in CH-4 Impact and Mitigation Measures under the heading 4.9 Transportation Page56

area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines. 33 Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in the EIA Report. 34 Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report. 35 Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details of preplacement medical examination and periodical medical examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed. 36 Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along with budgetary allocations. 37 Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions may be given with time frames for implementation. 38 Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which, should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project. 39 Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent on the same along with time bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project. 40 Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given. 41 The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out. 42 A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Proposed infrastructure at the mine site is detailed in Ch-2 under the heading 2.10 General Features The Land use modification at the end of Plan period and conceptual period is given in Ch-4 Impact and Mitigation Measures under the heading 4.3 Land Environment Details are given in Ch-4 Impact and Mitigation Measures under the heading 4.11 Socio- Economic Environment and Budget for Occupational Health is given in Ch-10 Environment Management Plan under the heading 10.10 Occupational Health and Budget Allocation Details are given in Ch-10 Environment Management Plan under the heading 10.11 Public Health and Safety with budget allocations. Details are given in Ch-10 Environment Management Plan under the heading 10.16 CSR Activities and budget allocations. A comprehensive EMP is given in Ch-10 of the EIA report. The public hearing was held on 12.06.2014. Minutes of P.H. and its compliance is attached in the EIA report at Annexure -3 and 4 respectively. NA The Cost of the project is 131Lakh. Cost breakup is given in the Chapter-2 under the heading 2.12 Project Cost The DMP onsite and offsite emergency plan is given in the Ch-7 Additional studies under the Page57

43 Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc. heading 7.4 Disaster Management Plan. The EIA report also has a detailed DMP as annexure-7 Project benefits are detailed in Ch-8 Project Benefits of the EIA report. The budgetary provisions for the CSR, occupational Health and safety and Public health implications are given in CH-10 EMP of the EIA report. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page58

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page59

Executive Summary OF WAH PYONKON LIMESTONE MINE IN VILLAGES- LUMSHNONG, TEHSIL KHLIERIAT AND DISTRICT JAINTIA HILLS, MEGHALAYA [AREA- 13.58 Ha] TOR No.J-11015/193/2015-IA.II(M) Dated 10 th July, 2015 FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE STUDY PERIOD: PRE MONSOON (3 MONTHS) 2013 ONE MONTH (May 2015) REVALIDATED STUDY PROJECT COST: Rs.131 Lakhs Project Proponent CEMENT MANUFACTURING COMPANY LIMITED REGISTERED ADDRESS-Village- LUMSHNONG, P.S. KHLIERIAT District- EAST JAINTIA HILLS, MEGHALAYA-793210 Phone number: 0365-278214 Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd NABET (ISO 9001: 2008 &ISO 14001: 2004 Certified) regd. Company (Rev. 34/ Sept 7, 2015 at S.No-115) 5th Floor, NN Mall, Mangalam Palace, Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi-110085 Phone No.: 011-47528467, Fax: 011-47528434 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page60

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY Introduction It is a proposed mine over an area of 13.58 ha in village Lumshnong of District East Jaintia hills, Meghalaya. This land is rocky barren and does not fall under forest land. The EIA/EMP is prepared as per approved mining plan vide letter no. IBM/GHY/MEG/JNH/LST/MP-69 dated 11.5.2015. The proposal is to mine limestone mineral at the rate of 49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) by open cast mining method involving drilling and blasting. The ROM from the mine will be taken to the company s cement plant of 2400TPD capacity. LoI was granted vide letter no. MG.96/2007/82 dated 22 nd July 2010 the lease period is 30 years. CMCL applied to obtain EC from SEIAA, Meghalaya on 02/11/2012 SEIAA. SEIAA granted the TOR Letter No. SEIAA/PR-23/2012/3 Dated 24.4.2013 and Public hearing was conducted on 12.6.2014. The final EIA/EMP report was submitted to SEIAA/SEAC for final appraisal, meanwhile, the Narpuh reserve forest was declared as wildlife sanctuary. The project is at a distance of 3.2 km from Narpuh wildlife sanctuary. So the general condition has applied to the project and considered as category A as per EIA Notification 2006. Hence, CMCL has submitted the application for environmental clearance to MoEFCC as a category A. The project was then appraised by MoEF&CC and based on the project information ToR was issued vide letter no. J-11015/193/2015-IA.II(M) dated 10 th July, 2015. Need of the Project: This is a captive mine of CMCL plant. The ROM from the mine will be utilized in the cement plant of 2400TPD capacity of cement production. Project Description: The lease is situated on hilly terrain and it is a private land. Salient features of the project site S.No. Particulars 1. Topo- sheet Number Latitude and Longitude Details of area Topo- sheet No. 83 C/8 (Restricted) Latitude-25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.59"N Longitude- 92 23'12.31"E to 92 23'40.20"E Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page61

2 District and State East Jaintia Hills,Meghalaya 3 Block Khliehriat 4 Village Lumshnong 5 Lease Area ( hectares) 13.58Ha 6 Whether the area is recorded to be in forest (please specify whether protected, reserved etc.) Nil 7 Ownership / Occupancy Private Non Forest land 8 Existence of public road / railway line, if any nearby and approximate distance NH-44 (0.1Km NW) Badarpur R.S.-37Km SE 9 Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Rocky Barren Land 10 Interstate Boundary Assam-11.7Km SE 11 Water Body Lubha River-3.15Km SE 12 Eco-sensitive area Narpuh Wildlife sanctuary -3.2 Km SE 13 Seismicity Meghalaya lies in Seismic Zone V Mining: It is an open cast mechanized mining with drilling and blasting. The maximum strength of workers will be 21. Most of the workers will be hired from local area. Accommodation will not be provided to workers hired from the nearby village. The ultimate bench design will be 3.0 x 4.5m (working bench width will be around 20m), ultimate depth of mining for plan period will be 381-330mRL i.e. 51m. The ultimate working depth is at 265 mrl. ultimate slope will be 45 0. Mining will not intersect ground water. Drilling and Blasting: Drilling shall be done by keeping hole diameter-100mm, hole depth-3.3m, spacing-1.5 m, burden-1.25m. Explosives-Nitro Mixture explosives with ANFO combination. Daily requirement of explosives: 24Kg/day with powder factor 6 T/kg. Rock breaker will be used to reduce secondary blasting. Explosives shall be stored in existing magazine of capacity 6MT which has valid license. Entire ROM will be taken to crusher 2.5Km N to Lease area for further mineral processing. The limestone shall be taken to company s cement plant approx. 3 Km from the mine to produce cement. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page62

Water requirement: Total requirement for the project is 15KLD. Inputs Water for Domestic & Drinking Water for Sprinkling and Belt Development Green Water for Mining and allied Activities Total Approx. Quantity required per day 1 KLD 8 KLD 6 KLD 15KLD Alternative Site and Technology: There will be no change in the site because the lease has been sanctioned in the name of the lessee. Description of Environment: The baseline study was done in March-May, 2013 and Revalidated data for baseline study was collected in May, 2015 as per directions of EAC, MoEF& CC. Land-use: Study area has agriculture land 17.56%, Forest land 69.57%, Built up was in 1.64 %, Barren Land 6.03% & of the total study area 78.57 Sq. Km. Water Quality: The results of May, 2015 show that ph of water varies from ph- 5.9-7.8. Other parameters T.D.S 25-210 mg/l,sulphate 1.0-27.1 mg/l, Chloride 6.1-32.1 mg/l, Calcium 2-40 mg/l and Magnesium 0.9-6.0 mg/l are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. BOD varies from 2.2-7.1mg/l and DO varies from 4.3-6.5 mg/l. In comparison to baseline study done in March-May, 2013 the current values for few water quality parameters i.e. TDS, SO4, Cl, Ca. Mg has increased due to anthropogenic activities. Ambient Air Quality: Ambient air sampling for minimum, maximum, mean and 98 percentile values of PM 10, SO 2, and NO X was performed continuously for 24 hours and results of both March-May, 2013 and May, 2015 were found to be well within permissible limits. Noise Quality: The ambient noise level of May, 2015 at show slightly higher values of noise. This is due to the increase in vehicular movements. Though, the results were found within the prescribed ambient noise quality standards. Soil Quality: Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, potassium because amount of primary nutrients is less. This was revalidated during May, 2015 results. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page63

Ecology and Biodiversity: Ecology bio Diversity of the area is as follows: Flora: Core zone has scanty vegetation with few trees of Terminalia catappa, Toona ciliate, Artocarpus heterophyllus sps. In buffer zone some of the species normally planted here are: Litsea citrata, Populus glambelei, Terminalia myriocarpa are found extensively. Few vegetables and fruits are recently grown. Tree species such as Ailanthes grandis Albizia sp., Bauhinia purpureaetc were found. Fauna: In the core zone fauna species were found. Terrestrial Fauna contains Indian grey Mongoose, field rat, squirrel, Mayna, Garden Lizard etc.; Hog Badger, Assam Bamboo Partridge, Kingfisher, Indian Monitor Lizard etc. in the buffer zone. For Sc-I species conservation plan has been prepared and approved by chief wildlife warden.attached as Annexure 10 Socio-Economic The total Population 8984 of the area is where male 4566& female 4418. Literacy rate was observed in the study area where 4457 total population. Male literacy rate of the study area is 2258 and female literacy rate is 2100. Employment study reveals that total working population is 3193, where main workers are 2561, marginal workers are 612, cultivators are 1490, agricultural labors are 620, household workers 30&other workers are 1051. About 64.4% of the total population is unemployed. Anticipated environmental impacts & mitigation measures: Water Environment Air Environment Noise Environment Biological Environment Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Possible impacts due to contamination on water quality due to runoff of storm water and mine seepage. No effluent discharge from mine No toxic chemicals in mineral to contaminate water. Water collected during rains shall be used for sprinkling and plantation. The pit left at the conceptual period will be used as water recharge reservoir which will help in development of ground water in the area. There shall be generation of dust due to point and non-point sources thus following measures shall be adopted: No mining is proposed during windy days, Regular water sprinkling Plantation of trees Vehicles shall have PUC certificate Ambient noise level in the core zone is likely to increases. To prevent noise pollution: Plantation will provide acoustic buffer therefore plantation shall be done along the periphery and in the HTL safety barrier, Regular maintenance of equipments shall be done to reduce noise pollution. In the core zone no ecologically diverse species were found Page64

within core zone. There will be no cutting of trees and loss of flora. Trees shall be planted in the lease area. Mined out land reclamation shall be done by turning it into water recharge pit and fencing of pit will be done. Conservation plan for Sc-I Species in buffer zone has been prepared and approved by chief Wild life Warden. Socio-Economic Environment: Mine Waste Management It is evident from social survey that population is mostly unemployed. The project will generate employment for 21people. Regular medical examinations, schooling, better infrastructure etc. shall benefit employees as well as the locals in the area. Mining shall not be done during rains and there shall be construction of retaining walls top prevent surface runoff. Hazardous waste such as oil shall be stored properly and sold to registered re-processor. Domestic wastes due to daily human activities which shall be properly disposed off into septic tanks followed by soak pits. Wrappers, foils, leftover food material etc shall be collected in separate bins. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page65

Environmental Monitoring Programme: A comprehensive network for monitoring has been prepared. Sampling locations have been identified by considering the source of pollution due to mining operations, drainage pattern, topography of the area and biological environment. 1.5 Lakhs capital cost has been estimated and for that fund has been allocation towards environmental monitoring program of about 1.6 Lakhs as recurring cost. S.No. Description of Parameters Schedule and duration of Monitoring 1. Ambient Air Quality (a) In and around mines for SO 2, NO 2, PM 10 Samples for 24 hours continuously will be collected twice a week for one month for one season of the year or as per norms of SPCB 2 Meteorological parameters like temperature, RH, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, cloud cover Continuous monitoring for meteorological parameters 3 Water quality of wells, and in water bodies around the mines 4 Ambient noise levels inside the mine premises and nearby villages 5 Soil characteristics in nearby villages. 6 monthly or as per norms of SPCB & MoEF for various parameters Once a year or as per norms of SPCB & MoEF Year wise or as per norms of SPCB & MoEF for various parameters 6 Occupational health check up 6 Monthly organization of heath checkup camps shall be done. 7 Inventory of Flora/ Fauna Once in a year on all the green belt sites created and once in a years in study area 8 Socio-Economic Aspect Once in a year through physical survey for detecting any adverse variation and prompt correctives Additional Studies: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page66

The proposed mining project is a smaller one with respect to its operations and production capacity. Mining will be carried out by mechanized opencast mining, with mining equipments as excavator, dumpers etc. Mining will be done under strict supervision hence the rate of operational risks is minimal. Rehabilitation and Resettlement- No person is being displaced and no land owner is being put to disadvantage because of the project. However mutually agreed compensation will be given to them. The proponent has proposed for Capital cost of CSR is estimated to be Rs. 3Lakhs and Recurring cost budget is estimated to be Rs.2 Lakhs. Project Benefits and Costs Evaluation: The proposed mining project has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment and it will help sustain the overall development of the area. The proposed project significantly contributes the economic development by providing direct employment of 21 and indirect employment to many more people in the area. By organizing health checkup camps, awareness programs about rural development of the locals in the field of education, personal health care and skill development campaigns to improve standards of living in the area. Cost of the Project: The project cost is Rs.131Lakhs. There is provision of Rs.4 lakh for EMP recurring cost and Rs.6 lakh rupees as capital cost. Fund for Occupational Health and Safety and Public health implications has also been assigned as Rs.2Lakhs and Rs. 1.5Lakhs respectively. Environmental Management Plan Applying water for dust suppression on mine haul roads. Regular Compaction & grading of haul roads and service roads to clear accumulation of loose material. Avoid overloading of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads. Good maintenance of vehicles & machinery. Water sprinklers of fixed type will be provided at the mine approach roads from mine face / benches to crush hopper to prevent the generation of dust. Green Belt Development: Total 4.87Ha area will be developed as green belt including 1.30Ha safety zone, 0.05 Ha additional plantation area and 3.07Ha Safety barrier area. In the 0.5Ha area which is initially allocated for plantation, shall be developed into green belt by planting @160 plants per year, further plantation shall be done once the mine is fully developed. Locally thriving flora shall be planted till the end of life of mine i.e. 9 Years. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page67

Year Area to be planted (Ha) Spacing(m) No. of Saplings Type of Species to be planted Location 1 st Year 0.1 2.5 160 2 nd Year 0.1 2.5 160 3 rd Year 0.1 2.5 160 4 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 5 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 Total 0.5 800 Mixed species as champa, maha neem, jackfruit etc. Afforestation to be carried out in south-western and northern side of the M.L boundary Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page68

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page69

LIST OF TABLES 76 LIST OF FIGURES 77 LIST OF ANNEXURES 77 LIST OF PLATES 77 CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION 78 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 78 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT 78 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION 79 1.4 SCOPE OF STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE): 80 1.5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS: 81 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE 81 1.7 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 81 1.8 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING 82 1.9 TRANSFERABILITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE 82 1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT 82 CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 84 2.1 GENERAL 84 2.2 LOCATION DETAILS: 85 2.3 SIZE OF THE PROJECT: 87 2.4 LEASE HOLD AREA 87 2.4.1 Topography and Drainage 87 2.4.2 Land Use of the Core Zone: 88 2.5 GEOLOGY: 89 Regional Geology: 89 Local Geology: 89 2.5.1 Geological reserves: 90 2.5.2 Mineable reserves: 91 2.5.3 Life of mine: 91 2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION: 91 2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION: 91 2.7.1 Mining Method: 91 2.7.2 Past Production (for existing mine): 93 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page70

2.7.3 Proposed Production: 93 2.7.4 Details of mining activities with respect to block wise, calendar wise, zone wise 93 2.7.5 List of Equipments: 94 2.8 WASTE GENERATION: 94 2.9 RECLAMATION& RESETTLEMENT MEASURES: 94 2.10 GENERAL FEATURES: 95 2.10.1 Power, Water Requirement (Source and Supply): 96 2.10.2 Use of Minerals: 96 2.10.3 Proposed Transportation and Infrastructure: 96 2.11 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT: 96 2.12 PROJECT COST 97 CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 98 3.1 INTRODUCTION 98 3.2 METHODOLOGY 100 3.3 METEOROLOGY 101 3.3.1 Wind Speed, Wind Direction & Humidity: 102 3.4 Micrometeorology 103 3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY 106 3.5.1 Sampling Stations 106 3.5.2 LOCATIONS OF AIR SAMPLING STATIONS 106 3.5.3 RESULTS: 108 3.5.4 Ambient air quality May 2015 109 3.6 NOISE QUALITY 111 3.6.1 LOCATIONS OF NOISE SAMPLING STATION 112 3.6.2 NOISE RESULTS: 112 3.6.3 Noise Level Monitoring db (A) (MAY 2015) 113 3.7 WATER QUALITY 114 3.7.1 Hydrology and Geology 114 3.7.2 Drainage Pattern 115 3.7.3 Development of Ground water 116 3.7.4 Ground Water Recharge of the Project Area 117 3.7.5 Water Quality 117 3.7.6 LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATION 118 3.7.7 WATER QUALITY RESULTS: 119 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page71

3.8 SOIL QUALITY 127 3.8.1 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATION 128 3.8.2 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS (RESULTS) 128 3.8.3 Chemical Properties of Soil (During May 2015) 130 3.9 LAND USE 132 3.10 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY 136 3.10.1 FLORA IN CORE ZONE 137 3.10.2 FAUNA IN CORE ZONE 139 3.10.3 FLORA IN BUFFER ZONE 139 3.11 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY 151 3.11.1 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE 153 3.11.2 Population - 159-3.11.3 Demographic Profile of the Study Area - 159-3.11.4 Literacy - 160-3.11.5 Occupation Pattern - 160-3.11.6 Infrastructure Resource Base - 162-3.12 TRAFFIC STUDY - 165-3.12.1 Existing Hourly Traffic Density Data in PCU (During May 2015) - 166 - CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES - 168-4.1 GENERAL - 168-4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS - 168-4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT/GEOLOGY: - 169-4.3.1 Impact on Land/Land Use - 169-4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT - 170-4.4.1 Impacts: - 170-4.4.2 Mitigation Measures: - 170-4.4.3 Air Dispersion Modeling for Impact Prediction - 171-4.4.4 Impact Prediction without Using Control Measures: - 172-4.4.5 Mitigation Measures: - 173-4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT - 175-4.5.1 Hydrogeology/Ground water: - 175-4.5.2 Impact on surrounding water bodies: - 175-4.5.3 Mitigation Measures: - 176-4.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT - 177 - Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page72

4.6.1 Impact: - 177-4.6.2 Mitigation measures - 178-4.7 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY: - 179-4.7.1 Mitigation Measures: - 180-4.8 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: - 180-4.8.1 Impact: - 180-4.8.2 Mitigation: - 180-4.9 TRANSPORTATION: - 180-4.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT: - 182-4.10.1 Impact on flora - 182-4.10.2 Mitigation Measures: - 182-4.10.3 Impact on Fauna - 183-4.10.4 Mitigation Measures: - 183-4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT OF MINING: - 183-4.11.1 Impact on Occupational Health: - 186-4.12 PLANTATION / AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME: - 186-4.13 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS: - 187-4.14 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS - 188-4.15 SUMMARY OF MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED - 189 - CHAPTER-5 ALTERNATIVE SITES AND TECHNOLOGY - 191-5.0 GENERAL: - 191-5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES: - 191-5.2 ADVERSE IMPACT OF ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY: - 191-5.3 MITIGATION PROPOSED FOR ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY: - 191-5.4 SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE: - 191 - CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM - 193-6.1 GENERAL: - 193-6.2 PROPOSED MONITORING PROGRAMME - 194-6.2.1 Monitoring of Mining Parameters - 194-6.2.2 Monitoring of Environmental Parameters: - 194-6.2.3 Green Belt Development Monitoring: - 195-6.2.4 Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring: - 196-6.3 FREQUENCY OF MONITORING: - 197 - Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page73

6.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION: - 201-6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL DETAILS: - 201-6.6 FUNCTIONS OF THE MONITORING CELL - 201-6.7 REPORTING SCHEDULE - 203-6.8 BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATE: - 203-6.9 PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE: - 203 - CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES - 204-7.1 GENERAL: - 204-7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION: - 204-7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT: - 205-7.3.1 RISK MANAGEMENT: - 205-7.3.2 Assessment of Risks involved during Mining and Mitigation Measures: - 206-7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN: - 209-7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT: - 210-7.6 R & R ACTION PLAN: - 211-7.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: - 214-7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH: - 216 - CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS - 219-8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE - 219-8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE - 219-8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL - 219-8.4 SOCIOECONOMIC BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF MINING ACTIVITY: - 220-8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS - 221 - CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS - 222-9.1 GENERAL: - 222-9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT: - 222 - CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN - 224-10.1 GENERAL: - 224-10.2 MANAGEMENT OF LAND & POST MINING LAND USE: - 224-10.2.1 Mine Closure: - 225-10.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT: - 225-10.3 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGY AND GEO-HYDROLOGY: - 226-10.4 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING WATER POLLUTION AND CONSERVATION OF WATER: - 226-10.5 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING AIR POLLUTION: - 227 - Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page74

10.6 NOISE ABATEMENT: - 228-10.7 SOIL CONSERVATION: - 228-10.8 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: - 229-10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MEASURES: - 229-10.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & BUDGET ALLOCATION: - 230-10.11 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY: - 231-10.12 TRANSPORTATION: - 232-10.13 Implementation and Monitoring - 233-10.14 PLANS TO MAINTAIN BETTER ENVIRONMENT IN THE AREA: - 233-10.15 EMP BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATES: - 234-10.16 CSR ACTIVITIES AND BUDGETARY ALLOCATION: - 235 - CHAPTER-11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION - 236-1.1 281 1.1 281 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page75

LIST OF TABLES TABLE 2-1LOCATION DETAILS 86 TABLE 2-2GEOLOGICAL RESERVES 90 TABLE 2-3PROPOSED PRODUCTION 93 TABLE 2-4LIST OF EQUIPMENTS 94 TABLE 3-1 AIR SAMPLING LOCATIONS 106 TABLE 3-2RESULTS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MARCH 2013- MAY 2013 108 TABLE 3-3 RESULTS OFAMBIENT AIR QUALITY MARCH 2013- MAY 2013 109 TABLE 3-4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MAY 109 TABLE 3-5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MAY 2015 110 TABLE 3-6 NOISE SAMPLING LOCATION 111 TABLE 3-7NOISE LEVEL MONITORING DB (A) (MARCH 2013-MAY 2013) 112 TABLE 3-8 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING DB (A) (MAY 2015) 113 TABLE 3-9 LOCATION OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 117 TABLE 3-10 RESULT OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES ANALYSIS (MARCH 2013- MAY 2013) 119 TABLE 3-11 RESULT OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES ANALYSIS (MARCH 2013- MAY 2013) 120 TABLE 3-12 GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS (MARCH 2013- MAY 2013): 121 TABLE 3-13 RESULT OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES ANALYSIS (MAY 2015) 122 TABLE 3-14 RESULT OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES ANALYSIS (MAY 2015) 123 TABLE 3-15RESULT OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLES ANALYSIS (MAY 2015) 124 TABLE 3-16 GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS: (MAY 2015) 125 TABLE 3-17 SAMPLING LOCATION 127 TABLE 3-18 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SOIL DURING MARCH 2013 MAY 2013 128 TABLE 3-19 CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF SOIL (DURING MAY 2015) 130 TABLE 3-22 PHYTO-SOCIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF TREES 138 TABLE 3-23 LIST OF FLORA SPECIES 140 TABLE 3-24 LIST OF FAUNA 146 TABLE 3-25 SOCIO ECONOMIC SURVEY 154 TABLE 3-26 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE BASED ON CENSUS DATA -2011 157 TABLE 3-27OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE OF THE STUDY AREA WAHPYNKON LIMESTONE MINE 163 TABLE 3-28 EXISTING HOURLY TRAFFIC DENSITY DATA (DURING MARCH 2013-MAY 2013) - 165 - TABLE 3-29 EXISTING HOURLY TRAFFIC DENSITY DATA IN PCU (DURING MAY 2015) - 166 - TABLE 4-1 LAND USE MODIFICATION - 169 - TABLE 4-2 PLANTATION SCHEDULE FOR THE FIRST FIVE YEARS AS PER APPROVED MINING PLAN - 187 - TABLE 6-1 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING SCHEDULE DETAILS - 197 - TABLE 10-1LAND USE - 224 - TABLE 10-2COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES (IN LAKH INR) - 235 - Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page76

LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE 3-1 SEASONAL WIND ROSE DIAGRAM (MARCH 2013- MAY 2013) 104 FIGURE 3-2 MONTHLY WIND ROSE DIAGRAM (MAY 2015) 105 FIGURE 3-3 LOCATION OF AIR QUALITY SAMPLES ON GOOGLE MAP 106 FIGURE 3-4LOCATION OF NOISE QUALITY SAMPLES ON GOOGLE MAP 112 FIGURE 3-5 LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATION 118 FIGURE 3-6 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATION 128 FIGURE 3-7 LAND USE MAP OF 10 KM BUFFER ZONE 135 FIGURE 10-1WATER BALANCE - 227 - LIST OF ANNEXURES ANNEXURE 1TOR LETTER - 248 - ANNEXURE 2LOI OF GOVERNMENT - 249 - ANNEXURE 3PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS - 250 - ANNEXURE 4 COMPLIANCE REPORT OF PUBLIC HEARING 257 ANNEXURE 5MINING PLAN APPROVAL LETTER 260 ANNEXURE 6ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY 262 ANNEXURE 7DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 264 ANNEXURE 8 GEO-HYDROLOGICAL REPORT 267 ANNEXURE 9 AIR DISPERSION REPORT 269 Annexure 10 Conservation Plan 307 LIST OF PLATES PLATE 1LOCATION PLAN 386 PLATE 2BUFFER ZONE PLAN 387 PLATE 3ECO-SENSITIVE AREA MAP 388 PLATE 4 SURFACE- GEOLOGICAL PLAN 389 PLATE 5CONCEPTUAL PLAN 391 PLATE 6 LAND USE PLAN 393 PLATE 7GROUND WATER PROFILE 394 PLATE 8 PROGRESSIVE MINECLOSURE PLAN 395 LATE 9 SAMPLE LOCATION PLAN 396 PLATE10 DRAINAGE PLAN 397 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page77

CHAPTER-1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT As per the EIA Notification, 2006, it is mandatory to prepare Environmental Impact Assessment. EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of the proposed project and ensures that these impacts are taken into account during the project design. By considering environmental effects and mitigation early in the project planning cycle, there are many benefits, such as protection of the environment, optimum utilization of resources and saving overall time and cost of the project. Properly conducted EIA also lessens conflicts by promoting community participation, informs decision-makers, and helps lay the base for environmentally sound projects. In order to commence production of any mines, it is necessary to obtain Environmental Clearances from the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India as per EIA Notification 2006. Mining Operation Plan including method of mining in details, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) etc. are essential requisites for Environmental Clearance. Hence, the lessee has to prepare a Rapid Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) report for Environmental Clearance before commencement of mining activities. The reclamation plan for EIA/EMP provides the basis for Governments decision to permit environmental acceptability of the proposal. With a view to make effective sustainable mining programmes, it is necessary to conduct a baseline survey of the existing environmental attributes. It helps to evaluate anticipated environmental impacts resultant to proposed activities and in formulating a scientific Environmental Management Plan. Irrespective of magnitude of operation, attempts have been made to maintain ecological balance of the study area. 1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT Identification of project: Cement Manufacturing Company Ltd (CMCL) is an ISO9001:2000 certified Public Limited Company with Registered office and works at Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills district, Meghalaya. The proposal is for the production of limestone @49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) from M.L area of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine of M/s. CMCL extending over an area of 13.58 ha in village Lumshnong of District East Jaintia hills, Meghalaya. It is a captive mine for the production of limestone to cater limestone demand of CMCL s cement plant. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page78

Details about Project Proponent: CMCL was accorded approval for setting up a 900 TPD cement plant at Lumshnong village, East Jaintia Hills district Meghalaya by the Govt. of Meghalaya in the year 2002 and subsequently was accorded approval for expanding the capacity to 3000 TPD in the year 2003. The plant expanded its capacity to 2400 tpd in two phases of expansion. The entire ROM as proposed in the mining plan will be used for manufacture of clinker/cement in this CMCL cement plant as it is a captive source. For sustained supply of limestone to the cement plant CMCL obtained Prospecting License (P.L) over an area of 13.58 hectares in Wah Pynkon area of Lumshnong village. The P.L was granted by Govt. of Meghalaya vide letter no 109/2005/88-A dated 20th March 2006. On completion of prospecting work, the company applied for ML over the said area and Govt. of Meghalaya have issued Letter of Intent for the grant of Mining Lease (ML) over the area of 13.58 hectares vide their letter MG-96/2007/82 dated the 22nd July 2010. In order to execute the lease all the statutory clearances are required to be obtained. Registered Address of the project proponent: Cement Manufacturing Company Limited Village Lumshnong, P. S - Khlieriat Dist- East Jaintia Hills Meghalaya-793210 Phone No.-0365-278214-18,Fax no. 03655-278217 Correspondence Address: Authorized signatory: Mr. S.K. Jain Cement Manufacturing Company Limited 281, Deepali, Pitam Pura, Delhi-110034 Email ID-skjain@cmcl.co.in, Fax. 011-49805200/300,Phone no.011-27033824 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION Nature of the Project: The proposed project is for mining of Limestone at the rate of 49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) with the help of mechanized method and with drilling and blasting. Mining Lease area is 13.58Ha. The ownership of the land is private. The lease is non forest, non agriculture land. The lease is situated in a hilly terrain and has scattered vegetation. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page79

Size of the Project: The mine lease area is 13.58Ha. The proposal is to mine limestone mineral at the rate of 49750MTPA by open cast mining method involving drilling and blasting. Location Details:The mining lease area of 13.58 ha has been applied for fresh grant. The Location Plan and 10Km Buffer Zone Maps are attached in the EIA report at Plate No. 1 & 2. In general conditions of the EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 01.12.2009, there is Narpuh wildlife sanctuary falling in 5km radius from the lease boundary. Hence this project falls under Category A. Location of the project :Vill -Lumshnong, P.S. Khliehriat, Distt. East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya Topo- sheet No. 83 C/8 (Restricted) 25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.59"N 92 23'12.31"E to 92 23'40.20"E The deposit is located 2.2 Km NW from Lumshnong village. NH-44 is 0.1Km in the NW side of the lease. Badarpur R.S. is 37 km away falling SE to the lease area, Silchar Airport falls at 66 km SE and Osmani International airport 56Km SW. Importance of the project: As the project is a captive mine limestone excavated shall be supplied to company s Cement plant at approx. 3 Km this will enhance infrastructural development in the state and overall economic development of the country. Regional people will also be benefitted from to direct and indirect employment generation and availing facilities provided under corporate social responsibility by the company. 1.4 SCOPE OF STUDY- DETAILS OF REGULATORY SCOPING CARRIED OUT (AS PER TERMS OF REFERENCE): TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) The proposed limestone mining case was earlier applied in SEIAA, Meghalaya on 02/11/2012 for obtaining terms of reference. SEIAA granted the TOR Letter No. SEIAA/PR- 23/2012/3 Dated 24.4.2013. The EIA/EMP report was prepared and subsequently Public hearing for the project was conducted on 12.6.2014. The project was submitted to SEIAA/SEAC Meghalaya on 29 th October 2014 for final appraisal with the P.H. compliance. Meanwhile, the Narpuh reserve forest was declared as Wild Life Sanctuary vide order no.for 128/2013/20 dated 10 th June 2014. The project is at a distance of 3.2 km from Narpuh wildlife sanctuary. So the general condition has applied to the project and Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page80

considered as category A as per EIA Notification. As a result of that CMCL, has submitted the application for Terms of Reference (TOR) to MoEF&CC as Category A project. It was presented on 25 th June 2015 in the 35th meeting of the expert appraisal committee (non-coal mining), scheduled during June 24-26, 2015. The TORs were issued dated Vide letter no.j- 11015/193/2015-IA-II (M) dated 3 rd August, 2015 are attached as Annexure 1.The study area constitutes the core zone (lease area) and the buffer zone (10 kms around the core zone from the periphery). Earlier monitoring for collection of baseline data was done from March 2013 to May 2013 and one month revalidated data has been collected for May, 2015. The EIA/EMP is prepared as per approved mining plan vide letter no. IBM/GHY/MEG/JNH/LST/MP-69 dated 11.5.2015. Mine Plan approval letter attached as Annexure 5. 1.5 GENERAL INFORMATION ON MINING OF MINERALS: Most of the country s mining activities are concentrated in the states of Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Jharkhand, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan, Karnataka, Odisha, Tamil Nadu, Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh and West Bengal. Together, these 11 states account for 92 per cent of the mines in the country.limestone is mainly used in the cement industry. Leading producer states include Andhra Pradesh, Rajasthan, Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Tamil Nadu, Chhattisgarh and Karnataka. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE For any developmental activity there is necessity to get environmental clearance from the competent authority as per EIA Notification 2006 and its subsequent amendments. The environmental clearance process is required for 39 types of projects and covers aspects like screening, scoping and evaluation of the upcoming project. The main purpose is to assess impact of the planned project on the environment and people and to try to abate/minimize the same. 1.7 PUBLIC CONSULTATION The public hearing is a mandatory step in the process of environmental clearance for certain developmental projects such as mining, installation of industries and construction of ropeways etc. This provides a legal space for people of an area to come face-to-face with the project proponent and the government and express their concerns.the public hearing for the proposed mining project has already been conducted on 12 th June 2014, at Lumshnong Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page81

Village in East Jaintia Hills District, Meghalaya. The Compliance of the public hearing has been prepared and attached in the EIA report at Annexure-3 & 4. 1.8 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING The project management shall submit half-yearly compliance reports in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year. All such reports shall be public documents. The latest such compliance report shall be displayed on the web site of the concerned regulatory authority. 1.9 TRANSFERABILITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE A prior environmental clearance granted for a specific project or activity to an applicant may be transferred during its validity to another legal person entitled to undertake the project or activity on application by the transferor or the transferee with a written no objection by the transferor, to, and by the regulatory authority concerned, on the same terms and conditions under which the prior environmental clearance was initially granted, and for the same validity period. Proposed area is a virgin area and no prior environmental clearance is obtained. There is no planning for transferring the environmental clearance. However, if planned in future, subsequent procedure for transference will be followed. 1.10 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT As per the guideline of EIA notification of the MoEF dated 14th September 2006 as amended Dec 2009, the generic structure of the EIA document should be as under- Introduction Project Description Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and site) Description of the Environment Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures Environmental Monitoring Programme Additional Studies Project Benefits Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis Environmental Management Plan Summary & Conclusion Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page82

Disclosure of Consultants engaged The present report contents are as per generic structure of the guideline given above and as per Standard Terms of Reference (TOR). Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page83

CHAPTER-2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 GENERAL It is a proposed mine spread over an area of 13.58 ha in village Lumshnong of District East Jaintia hills, Meghalaya. This land is rocky barren and does not fall under forest land. The EIA/EMP is prepared as per approved mining plan vide letter no. IBM/GHY/MEG/JNH/LST/MP-69 dated 11.5.2015. Mine Plan approval letter attached as Annexure 5.The proposal is to mine limestone mineral at the rate of 49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) by open cast mechanized mining method involving drilling and blasting. The ROM from the mine will be taken to the company s cement plant of 2400TPD capacity of cement production. LoI was granted vide letter no. MG.96/2007/82 dated 22 nd July 2010 the lease period is 30 years. Copy of LoI is attached at Annexure-2. CMCL applied to obtain EC from SEIAA, Meghalaya on 02/11/2012 SEIAA. SEIAA granted the TOR Letter No. SEIAA/PR- 23/2012/3 Dated 24.4.2013 and Public hearing was conducted on 12.6.2014. The final EIA/EMP report was submitted to SEIAA/SEAC for final appraisal, meanwhile, the Narpuh reserve forest was declared as wildlife sanctuary. The project is at a distance of 3.2 km from Narpuh wildlife sanctuary. So the general condition has applied to the project and considered as category A as per EIA Notification 2006. Hence, CMCL has submitted the application for environmental clearance to MoEFCC as a category A. Type of Project: The proposed project is for mining of Limestone at the rate of 49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) by open cast mechanized method and with drilling and blasting. Mining Lease area is 13.58Ha. The ownership of the land is private. The lease is non forest, non-agriculture land. The lease is situated in a hilly terrain and has scattered vegetation. Land Classification: The details of land classification are given below: Government Land Private Land Forest Land Nil Agriculture Land Nil Non- Forest Land Nil Non- Agriculture Land(Barren Land) 13.58Ha a) Nature of the project This is a mining project covered under category 1(a) according to Environment (Protection) Act 1986 as amended dated 14 th September 2006. Mining pits will be developed by open cast Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page84

method. Machinery will also be used. The extent of lease area is 13.58 Ha. The estimated project cost is about INR 131 Lac. b) Need for the project: This is a captive mine of CMCL plant. The ROM from the mine will be transported to the company s cement plant of 2400TPD capacity of cement production. c) Scope of study: It refers to the process by which the Expert Appraisal Committee determine detailed and comprehensive Terms Of Reference (TOR) addressing all relevant environmental concerns for the preparation of an Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in respect of the project or activity for which prior environmental clearance is sought. The Committee has determined the Terms of Reference on the basis of the information furnished in the prescribed Form-1 and PFR. The EIA study has been done on the basis of standard TORs. As explained earlier the case was presented in the Meghalaya State SEIAA for TORs, the EIA was prepared and has also undergone Public hearing on 12.06.2014. The same P.H. minutes and compliance is attached for reference in this report at annexure-3 & 4. Earlier Baseline study was conducted during March- May, 2013 and one month revalidated data for baseline has been collected for i.e. May, 2015. The Revised TOR from MoEF&CC was granted vide letter No.J-11015/193/2015-IA-II(M) dated 10.07.2015. 2.2 LOCATION DETAILS: The mining lease area of 13.58 ha has been applied for fresh grant. The Location Plan and 10Km Buffer Zone Maps are attached in the EIA report at Plate No. 1 & 2. In general conditions of the EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006, as amended on 01.12.2009, there is Narpuh wildlife sanctuary falling in 5km radius from the lease boundary. Hence this project is considered under Category A subject to general condition. The project location details are given below: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page85

Table 2-1Location Details S.No. Particulars Details of area 1. Topo- sheet Number Latitude and Longitude Topo- sheet No. 83 C/8 (Restricted) Latitude-25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.59"N Longitude- 92 23'12.31"E to 92 23'40.20"E 2 District and State East Jaintia Hills,Meghalaya 3 Block Khliehriat 4 Village Lumshnong 5 Lease Area ( hectares) 13.58Ha 6 Whether the area is recorded to be in forest (please specify whether protected, reserved etc.) Nil 7 Ownership / Occupancy Private Non Forest land 8 Existence of public road / railway line, if any nearby and approximate distance NH-44 (0.2Km NW) Badarpur R.S.-37Km SE 9 Land Use Pattern (Forest, Agricultural, Grazing, Barren etc.) Rocky Barren Land 10 Interstate Boundary Assam-11.7Km SE 11 Water Body Lubha River-3.15Km SE 12 Eco-sensitive area Narpuh Wildlife sanctuary -3.2 Km SE 13 Seismicity Meghalaya lies in Seismic Zone V Apart from above there is H.T. line passing through the ML area in NNE-SSW direction in the eastern part. A safety barrier of 50m on either side of the HT line has been left.the Eco-sensitive area Plan is attached at Plate no. 3. The map showing lease area and the 10Km radius of the lease area is given below: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page86

Connectivity: The deposit is located 0.2 Km NW from Lumshnong village. NH-44 is 0.2 Km in the NW side of the lease. Badarpur R.S. is 37 km SE to the lease area, Silchar Airport is at 66 km SE. 2.3 SIZE OF THE PROJECT: The mine lease area is 13.58Ha.The proposal is to mine limestone at the rate of 49275MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) by open cast mining method involving drilling and blasting. 2.4 LEASE HOLD AREA 2.4.1 Topography and Drainage Topography: The ML area extends in NE-SW direction. Topography of the ML area and its surroundings are rugged and mountainous. The maximum and minimum contours passing through the area are 387mRL and 273 mrl respectively. North-western part of the area is at Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page87

a higher elevation with respect to south-eastern part. The general slope of the area is towards south and south-east. The surface plan of the area is shown at plate no. 4. Drainage: There is no water body in the ML area. A seasonal stream Umtyrngai flowing west to east along the northern boundary of the project site. A river named Lubha flows at about 3.15Km SE from the lease boundary. The general slope of the area is towards south. 2.4.2 Land Use of the Core Zone: The lease land is private non forest land. The hills and its slopes are covered with scanty vegetation. The area is virgin, existing land use is barren land with scanty vegetation. Mining activity is likely to change the existing land use pattern. Thesurfacegeologicalmap is given below. Conceptual map is attached at Plate 5 of the report. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page88

2.5 GEOLOGY: Regional Geology: The regional stratigraphy of the area is as follows: Age Group/Series Stage Beds Oligocene Barail Series ---- Sandstone & Shale Upper Eocene Garo Group Kopili Formation Grey shale with alternate layers of Sandstone & Siltstone Lower to Middle Eocene Jaintia Group Sylhet Limestone Prang Limestone Narpuh Sandstone Umlatdoh Limestone Lakadong Sandstone Lakadong Limestone Paleocene ---- Therria Sandstone Sandstone Local Geology: It is a private non forest land having deposits of mineral. The top 3m of top soil and 3 m is sand stone. Limestone is an exposed outcrop found in discontinuous condition occurring within the Lease area practically within the traverse routes. The limestone is fine to medium grained and deep bluish green in colour. The stratigraphic succession as observed shows different litho units of the area belong to Jaintia Series of Eocene age. The limestone unit belongs to Sylhet Stage of Jaintia Series of Middle Eocene age. The entire area under report is covered by the top limestone band known as Prang limestone of Jaintia Series. Based on surface and sub-surface data generated during the exploration work, the rock formations encountered in the area with their thickness are as follows: Top Soil Overburden Prang limestone Present in patches Nil 0.00m to 29.80m - 54.2 m Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page89

Exploration Carried out: The M.L area over 13.58 hectares was explored in detail during the period from May to Dec, 2006 by CMCL. Exploration was done with the help of topographical survey, geological mapping and drilling of 4 Bore holes. The top and bottom R.L of the bore holes are as follows: BH NO. Depth Top RL Bottom RL 5 50m 384.69m 334.69m 6 60.20m 339.879m 279.679m 7 50m 355.097m 305.097m 8 31.10m 326.21m 295.11m The samples collected were 20 surface samples, 131 core samples and 34 composite samples.it was found that all the boreholes were closed within Prang limestone. In order to establish the thickness and quality of this limestone band further detailed exploration will be taken up in phased manner. Proposed exploration:an exploration schedule consisting of 12 no. of bore holes in 100m x 100m grid is proposed to be done during 1 st year of planned period covering the entire lease area in order to establish the reserve of limestone. Quality & Grade of Sand: The quality of the explored mineral has been analyzed from ranges of chemical characteristics as per the composite analysis report for CaO, MgO and SiO2 are 49.91% to 54.67%, 0.4% to 1.2% and 0.52% to 2.58% respectively 2.5.1 Geological reserves: Based on above exploration following reserves/resources have been established. The nonmineable portion due to ultimate slope as well as 50m barrier on either side of HT line is booked under Remaining resources (211). The non-mineable portion due to 7.5m safety zone and ultimate pit slope are booked under remaining resource (222) Table 2-2 Geological Reserves Classification Code Quantity (MT) Mineral reserve 1) Proved Mineral Reserve 111 41535 2) Probable Mineral Reserve 121 Nil Probable Mineral Reserve 122 388620 Total (A) 430155 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page90

Remaining Resource 1) Feasibility Mineral Resources* 211 806996.25 2) Pre-feasibility Mineral Resources 221 Nil Pre-feasibility Mineral Resources 222 921645 3) Measured Mineral Resources 331 Nil 4) Indicated Mineral Resources 332 Nil 5) Inferred Mineral Resources 333 8831722.50 6) Reconnaissance Mineral Resources 334 Nil Total (B) 10560363.75 Total Resource (A+B) 10990518.75 2.5.2 Mineable reserves: As shown in the table the mineable reserves come out to be 430155 MT. 2.5.3 Life of mine: The mineable reserves are 430155 MT keeping the proposed rate of production 49275 MT per year for plan period and keeping tentative production of 60,000 MT per year from sixth year onwards the life of the mine will be 4 years. Hence, the total life of mine is 9 years. The life of the mine may enhance after the future exploration. 2.6 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION: Notice will be given to IBM and Director General of Mines Safety for opening the mine and for seeking approval for mechanized mining operation as per the Mines Act. Consent to operate will also be obtained from SPCB. It is estimated that all these approvals and requirements will take about 3-4 months from the date of approval by MoEF. Thereafter the project will be implemented as per the directions/guidelines issued by MoEF while granting the EC. 2.7 TECHNOLOGY AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION: The process of limestone miningwill be mechanized, open cast mine. Drilling and blasting will be done to break the hard limestone. Mining will commence after getting all necessary approval. 2.7.1 Mining Method: Mining methodology is given below: It is an open cast mechanized mining with drilling and blasting. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page91

The maximum strength of workers will be 21. Most of the workers will be hired from local area. Accommodation will not be provided to workers hired from the nearby villages. The ultimate bench design will be 3.0 x 4.5m (working bench width will be around 20m), ultimate depth of mining for plan period will be 381-330mRL i.e. 51m. The ultimate working depth is at 265 mrl ultimate slope will be 45 0. Mining will not intersect ground water. Drilling and Blasting: Drilling shall be done by keeping hole diameter-100mm, hole depth-3.3m, spacing-1.5 m, burden-1.25m. Explosives-Nitro Mixture explosives with ANFO combination. Daily requirement of explosives: 24Kg/day with powder factor 6 T/kg. Rock breaker will be used to reduce secondary blasting. Explosives shall be stored in existing magazine of capacity 6MT which has valid license. Entire ROM will be transported from to crusher by 10 MT tone tippers. The crusher is locaed at a distance of 2.5Km near the cement plant site outside ML area. The limestone shall be taken to company s cement plant approx. 3 Km from the mine to produce cement. Blasting: It is one of the most critical activities of mining operation. Therefore blasting parameters have been developed taking into account different aspects generally adopted in similar cases to optimize the efficiency of blasting keeping the associated hazards at minimum. It is however, proposed to adjust the same by carrying out a number of trial blasts with varying parameters before adopting there on a regular basis. Hard limestone will be dislodged by drilling & blasting prior to excavation & loading. The quantity of materials likely to be blasted is 80% of total excavation. There is no proposal for construction of magazine within M.L area as the requirement of explosive shall be met from the existing magazine of the lessee located at a distance of about 5km west of the present M.L area. The capacity of the magazine is 6MT. The broad blasting parameters, type of explosive & quantity of explosive required are as follows: Blasting Parameters: The details are given below: Average depth of the blast holes - 3.3 m ( Including Sub-grade drilling) Burden - 1.25m Spacing - 1.50m Diameter of the hole - 100mm Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page92

Powder factor of the explosive - 2.4 Cu.m/kg Length of the explosive cartridge - Depending upon the blast hole design & nature of the strata Volume yield per hole - Burden x Spacing x Depth of hole = 1.25 x 1.5 x 3.3m = 6.18 or say 6.2 Cu.m Type of Explosive: To carryout blasting operation, Class-II (Slurry Cap & Non Cap Sensitive & ANFO with cast boosters /special gelatin 80% strength) and Class-VI explosive (detonating fuse & Electric detonator) to be utilized in the mine. Explosive Consumption: The table given below shows explosive consumptions being 24Kg per day. The details are given below: S.No. Particulars 1 Yearly Excavation ( Maxm in 5 th Year) = 21900 m3 2 Volume required to be Blasted = 17520 m3 (80 % of total excavation will require blasting). 3 Volume require per day = 17520/300 = 58.4 m3 per day (No of Working Days per Year = 300) 4 Powder Factor = 2.4 m3/ Kg ( i.e. 6 T / Kg of Explosives) 5 Requirement of Explosive per day = 58.4 /2.4 = 24.3 Kg 6 Total Explosives consumption per day for Primary Blasting = 24 Kg There will not be any secondary Blasting as the rock breaker will be used for breaking of big boulders. 2.7.2 Past Production (for existing mine): Nil, since this is a new mine. Mining will commence after getting Environmental Clearance and other necessary permissions. 2.7.3 Proposed Production: Proposed production of limestone from the proposed mine will be 49,275MTPA. This is the maximum production envisaged from the mine. 2.7.4 Details of mining activities with respect to block wise, calendar wise, zone wise The table given below shows proposed production details: Table 2-3Proposed Production Year Quantity in MT Year Quantity in MT 1 st Year 30,127.50 6 th Year 60,000 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page93

2 nd Year 41,647.50 7 th Year 60,000 3 rd Year 35,673.75 8 th Year 60,000 4 th Year 36,787.50 9 th Year 60,000 5 th Year 49,275.00 2.7.5 List of Equipments: The process will be mechanized and the requirement of machinery for the mine is given below: Table 2-4List of Equipments Sl. Machines Size / Capacity No. of Machineries No. 1 Crawler drills 100 mm 1 2 Compressor for Crawler drills XAH210 of 9 cu.m/ min 1 ATLAS COPCO 3 Table Hitachi Ex-100 0.9 cu.m 1 4 Dumper/tipper 10 MT 3 5 Rock breaker HM 1200.. 1 6 Komatsu D-155 Dozer.. 1 7 Explosive van.. 1 8 Ambulance.. 1 9 Maintenance Van.. 1 10 Water tanker 10 kl 1 11 Jeeps / light vehicle. As per requirement 2.8 WASTE GENERATION: After the extraction of mineral up to the life of the mine the area will be formed as water reservoir and the plantation will be done in upper mining benches, in the statutory boundary and area left for barrier HT line. However, any soil generated shall be stacked & used for progressive plantation in the lease hold area as shown in Plate No.5Conceptual mine plan. 2.9 RECLAMATION& RESETTLEMENT MEASURES: During planned period of 5 years around 1.12 hectares of land will be degraded due to mining. Reclamation programme at present is not envisaged since ore body shall not be exhausted. The reclamation shall be done as per PMCP plan attached at plate no. 8. Resettlement: There shall be no resettlement of the population as the mine lease area is not habituated. However the lease involves private land therefore land owners will be compensated. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page94

Programme of Afforestation: Total 4.87Ha area will be developed as green belt including 1.30Ha safety zone, 0.05 Ha additional plantation area and 3.07Ha Safety barrier area for HTL. In the 0.5Ha area which is initially allocated for plantation, shall be developed into green belt by planting@160 plants per year, further plantation shall be done once the mine is fully developed. Stabilization of Dumps: The overburden wastes generated is nil from the proposed quarry. So, waste dumping & its management in the mines area is not envisaged.soil excavated shall be used for green belt development. Measures to control erosion/sedimentation of water course: A garland drain will be developed of dimension 2m wide X 1.5m deep and a series of settling tanks beyond the retaining wall to hold dump wash off if any, coming out of the retaining wall and to allow clear water to drain off. This will channelize the muddy water towards a settling tank for releasing clear water to the natural drainage. Protective Measures for ground vibration caused by blasting: On the basis of vibration study, burden & spacing and charge in the blast holes can be varied to minimize ground vibration while blasting the above mentioned blast holes. Blasting will be carried out using NONEL (Non-electric delay detonator) to reduce fly rock, noise & ground vibration. Water Conservation: The ground water level (GW level) of the ML area is observed to be at 190 m RL(summer)and 200 mrl(rainy season). The highest and lowest altitude of the M.L area is observed to be at 387mRL and 273 mrl. The ultimate working depth is at 265 mrl. Hence there will be no impact due to ground water in the M.L area because ground water shall not be intersected at any stage of mining operation. Rain water collected into the pit will be used for sprinkling and after mining pit shall be converted into a water reservoir. The ground water profile map is attached at plate no. 7and geo-hydrological study report is attached at Annexure -8. 2.10 GENERAL FEATURES: Diesel Inputs Approx Quantity required per day Approximately 500Liters/day (at peak production) Water for Drinking & 1 KLD Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page95

2.10.1 Power, Water Requirement (Source and Supply): Daily diesel requirement will be approximately 500Lit/day. Local suppliers will provide diesel. Electricity will be used for lighting. The water requirement will be met from CMCL plant. Domestic Water for Mining andallied Activities Water for Dust suppression and green belt development 6KLD 8KLD 2.10.2 Use of Minerals: It is a captive mine therefore the ROM shall be transported to the company s own cement plant. 2.10.3 Proposed Transportation and Infrastructure: Since this mine is captive, excavated mineral shall be directly sent to Company s cement plant in tippers. 3 tippers will be used and each tipper will make approximately 22trips/day. Site Service/Infrastructure: It is proposed to construct statutory and essential infrastructure like blasting shed, rest shed, office and drinking water facilities during planned period of 5 years. 2.11 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT: Employment opportunity shall be provided to the local villagers on priority. There shall be direct employment for 21. Indirect employment will be given to more than 100 people. The Manpower to be engaged during mining has been discussed below: Table 2-5Details of Manpower Required Sl. No. Designation/Post No. Managerial & Supervisory: 1 Manager (Mines) 1 2 Asst. Manager 1 3 Geologist 1 4 Mining Engineer 1 5 Mines Surveyor (part time) 1 6 Mines Foremen 1 7 Mining Mate 1 8 Mines Blaster 1 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page96

9 Engineer Maintenance 1 Others TOTAL 09 1 Operators (for excavator, 10 MT dumpers/tippers, W. drills etc.) & Mechanic 05 2 Semi-skilled (Blasting & HEMM helper) 04 3 Clerical Staff 1 4 Peon/Tea boy 1 5 Gardener 1 TOTAL 21 The indirect employment will be given to more than 100 people most of them will be employed from the local villages in line with the policy of state government. The main employment will be generated in the form of transportation, repair shop, canteen, dhabas, security among other avenues. 2.12 PROJECT COST The project cost is estimated about Rs.131 Lakhs. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page97

CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 3.1 INTRODUCTION Mining processes normally affect the existing environmental domains of the site. It has both adverse and beneficial effects. In a view to maintain the environment commensurate with the mining operations, it is necessary to undertake studies on existing environmental scenario and impacts of mining activities on different environmental domains. This would help in formulating suitable management plans to effect sustainable development plan of the resources. The entire mining lease area is considered as core zone. The surrounding area covering 10 Km radius from the periphery of the core zone is considered as buffer zone. The core zone and the buffer zone combined called as study area. TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE Topography of the ML area and its surroundings are rugged and mountainous. Maximum and minimum contours passing through the area are 273m and 387m respectively. Northern-Western part of the area is at a higher elevation with respect to south-eastern part. A seasonal nala flows and joins a perennial nala running SW at a distance of 300 m towards south of the area. Another nala flows from north east direction. Regional Geology The State of Meghalaya covers an area of approximately 22,429 sq.km and divided into eight administrative districts. It lies between latitude 24 0 58 to 26 0 07 N & longitude 89 0 48 & 92 0 51 E.The state has most of its land covered by hills interspersed with gorges & small valleys with elevation of 150 m to 1,950 m. The north and eastern borders are covered by Assam State and south and west by Bangladesh. Shillong, the State Capital is at an elevation of 1800m and located in the central part of Khasi hills. Meghalaya represents the remnant of ancient platue of pre Cambrian Indian Peninsula. It forms a prominent geomorphic unit stretching across the Garo Hills, Khasi Hills & Jaintia Hills in East-West direction. The rock formations of the area fall under Jaintia series of Eocene age. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page98

The Regional Stratigraphy of the area is as follows: Age Group/Series Stage Beds Oligocene Barail Series ---- Sandstone & Shale Upper Eocene Garo Group Kopili Formation Grey shale with alternate layers of Sandstone & Siltstone Lower to Middle Eocene Jaintia Group Sylhet Limestone Prang Limestone Narpuh Sandstone Umlatdoh Limestone Palaeocene ---- Therria Sandstone Sandstone Lakadong Sandstone Lakadong Limestone The Lakadong sandstone and Narpuh sandstone distinctly and sequentially separate the Lakadong, Umlatdoh and Prang limestone bands in the area. Local Geology The present area under report falls under Survey of India Toposheet No. 83 C/W and located near village Lumshnong (25 o 10 16 North and 92 o 22 52 East). The minimum and maximum elevation of the area varies from 273m to 387m above M.S.L. The different litho units of the area belong to Jaintia series of Eocene age. The limestone unit belongs to sylhet stage of Jaintia series of middle Eocene age. The entire area under report is covered by the top limestone band known as Prang limestone of Jaintia Series. Based on surface and sub-surface data generated during the exploration work, the rock formations encountered in the area with their thickness are as follows: Top Soil Overburden Present in patches Nil Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page99

Prang limestone 0.00m to 29.80m - 54.2 m The Surface-Geological Plan is attached as Plate No. 4. Description of Prang Limestone: This is fine to medium grained textured fossiliferous limestone. The major mineral constituent is calcite and accessory minerals are quartz and iron oxide. Subhedral calcite grains are well distributed in the rock. Anhedral quartz grains are corroded on the margins and subheadral iron oxide grains has rounded grain margins. The groundmass is carbonate rich. The average grade of limestone based on the composite sample analysis of bore hole cores is computed to be as follows: SiO 2-2.47%, Al 2O 3-0.75%, Fe 2O 3 0.71%, CaO-52.28%, MgO-0.67% and LOI-41.72%. 3.2 METHODOLOGY An attempt has been made to assess the existing environmental scenario through generation of different data in the study area. Different environmental parameters required to evaluate the prevailing scenario had been generated / collected and compiled for the period from March 2013 to May 2013. Sampling is re-conducted for the month of May 2015 at the same sampling locations to know the existing environmental quality. The basic environmental attributes generated and compiled for study area are as follows. Meteorological Condition Ambient Air Quality Noise level Water Resource and Quality Soil Quality Land use Pattern Ecological Pattern Socio-Economic and Demographic Profile i) Air quality, noise level and meteorological parameters To evaluate the air quality, noise characteristics and meteorological air quality stations are fixed in the core & buffer zone by taking into account the prevailing wind conditions in the study season of summer. The sampling locations are selected in all the directions of the lease area. ii) Water Quality The surface water was collected from six locations and ground water was collected from four locations for the analysis of existing water quality. iii) Soil Quality Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page100

Five soil samples were taken for the analysis of the existing soil characteristics. iv) Socio-economic and Demographic profile Main villages within the core and buffer zones have been selected for sample survey on various aspects to decipher socio-economic and demographic profile. Data collected during survey have been compared with the data collected from the Census Survey of 2011. As per Census 2011, 19 villages exist in the Buffer Zone, out of which Survey was conducted for the Socio economic condition in 4 villages. 3.3 METEOROLOGY CLIMATIC CONDITIONS (As per Indian Meteorological data, Shillong) The proposed project area is located in LumshnongVillage, District East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya. Meteorological data of nearest meterological IMD station at Shillong has been used for the study. The important parameters considered are temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind direction and rainfall. The meteorological data of last fourteen years (1966-80), as recorded at Shillong, are given below Temperature: The Maximum temperature of the area in 14 Years, was recorded as 30.2 in April 1973, whereas the minimum temperature of the area was recorded as -2.4 in Feburary 1975. Data of the maximum and minimum temperature are given below: MONTH YEAR HIGHEST TEMPERATURE( ) YEAR LOWEST TEMPERATURE( ) JANUARY 1969 24.9 1971-0.9 FEBRUARY 1973 26.1 1975-2.4 MARCH 1980 27.5 1975 2.7 APRIL 1973 30.2 1975 6.6 MAY 1979 29.5 1977 9.2 JUNE 1979 29.5 1977 12.3 JULY 1973 28.2 1975 14.3 AUGUST 1978 28.2 1973 10 SEPTEMBER 1977 28 1975 12.8 OCTOBER 1979 27 1975 6.7 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page101

NOVEMBER 1972 23.5 1975-0.5 DECEMBER 1978 22.5 1975-1.9 Temperature record (India Meteorological Department) Rainfall: The maximum rainfall was recorded in July 1974 (upto 1086.8 mm). The average annual rainfall is 3109.8 mm. From data it is clear that maximum time of year remain wet. That the wet months exceed dry months. The June & July are the wettest months and are considered as monsoon season. Month Year Min. Rainfall Year Max. Rainfall (mm) Average Rainfall (mm) (mm) January 00 00 1970 33.7 33.7 February 00 00 1973 91 91 March 00 00 1967 117.7 117.7 April 00 00 1977 266.7 266.7 May 1979 56.1 1977 510.4 283.25 June 1975 189.0 1970 907.5 548.2 July 1971 167.5 1974 1086.8 627.1 August 1967 152.5 1966 630.1 391.3 September 1969 105.8 1979 621.8 363.8 October 1978 36.0 1970 449.9 242.9 November 1976 3.2 1971 117.3 60.2 December 00 00 1973 84 84 Rainfall record (India Meteorological Department) 3.3.1 Wind Speed, Wind Direction & Humidity: The wind speed ranged from 4.0 Km/hr in August to 8.7 Km/hr in April. The predominant wind direction is East direction. From the data, the maximum humidity was recorded as 88% in July & August. Minimum humidity was recorded as 62% in March. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page102

Month Wind Speed (Km/Hr) Wind Humidity (%) Direction January 4.1 E 86 February 5.7 W 72 March 7.3 W 62 April 8.7 SW 71 May 7.2 SW 81 June 5.1 SW 87 July 4.4 S 88 August 4.0 E 88 September 3.3 SW 91 October 2.9 E 91 November 3.0 E 89 December 2.8 E 89 Wind Speed, Wind Direction and Humidity record (India Meteorological Department) 3.4 Micrometeorology The meteorological data for wind speed and direction were collected in and around the core zone during the study period simultaneously AAQ monitoring. The predominant wind direction is from Southeast to North West. The brief data are represented in Table below MICRO - METEOROLOGICAL DATA (MARCH 2013-MAY 2013) Month Temperature( o C) Humidity (%) Wind speed ( Km/hr) Min Max Mean Min Max Mean Min Max Mean March 2013 15.0 35.0 32.5 13.0 98.0 62.0 2.0 22.0 13.0 April 2013 17.0 38.0 36.0 16.0 96.0 64.0 3.0 22.0 12.5 May 2013 19.0 36.0 37.0 47.0 95.0 94.5 1.0 26.0 13.5 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page103

i) Temperature: Temperature of the area varied from 15.0 0 C to 38.0 0 C. The mean temperature of the area varied from 32.5 0 C to 37.0 0 C. ii) iii) Relative Humidity: Humidity of the area varied from 13.0 % to 98 %. The mean humidity varied from 62.0 % -94.5 %. Wind Speed: Wind speed was in the range of 1.0 Km/hr to 26.0 Km/hr. The average wind speed varied from 12.5 Km/hr - 13.5 Km/hr. Figure 3-1 Seasonal Wind rose diagram (March 2013- May 2013) 3.4.1.1 Revalidated micro-meteorological data [May 2015] A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature, humidity, wind velocity, wind direction and rainfall data for the month of May 2015. Average data is given below: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page104

Month Temperature(oC) Humidity (%) Wind speed ( Km/hr) Max Min Mean Max Min Mean Max Min Mean 1st May- 31st May 2015 35.0 14.0 23.6 95.6 36.0 69.7 9.0 0.4 2.9 i) Temperature: Temperature of the area varied from 14.0 0 C to 35.0 0 C. The mean temperature of the area recorded during May 2015 is 23.60C. ii) iii) Relative Humidity: Humidity of the area varied from 36.0% to 95.6 %. The mean humidity recorded during May 2015 is 69.7%. Wind Speed: Wind speed was in the range of 0.4 Km/hr to 9.0 Km/hr. The average wind recorded during May 2015 is 2.9Km/hr. Figure 3-2Monthly Wind rose diagram (May 2015) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page105

3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air quality monitoring was done to assess the ambient air quality in one season. Monitoring was carried out at 8 stations for one season from March 2013 to May 2013. Again the sampling was revalidated during May 2015 at the same sampling locations for the analysis of prevailing air quality. The guidelines for selections of ambient air monitoring stations given in IS 5182 part 14, 2000 were followed. These guidelines state that, when the objective of air sampling is to identify the contribution from specific sources of pollution, the sampling locations should located in upwind and the downwind of such sources. The location of air quality monitoring stations should satisfy the following conditions: 1. The site should be representative of the area selected; 2. The station should be set up and operated so as to yield data that can be compared with those from stations within the network; and, 3. Certain physical requirements should be satisfied at the site. 3.5.1 Sampling Stations To select the air sampling locations, meteorological data with respect to temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and direction plays a vital role. Predominant wind direction plays an important role in determining location of monitoring stations. The monitoring station will be located in area that is downwind from the source. Location of Air sampling stations is shown in Fig3-3 Table 3-1Air Sampling Locations Station No. Location Distance & Direction from project area Project area / study area Existing air quality at core zone A1 Lease area - Industrial area Existing air quality at A2 Lease area - Industrial area core Zone A3 UmlaperVillage 1.18 Km, East Residential area Nearby Habitat A4 CMCL Plant 1.64 Km,NW Industrial area Nearby Industry A5 LumshnongVillage 2.45 Km,NW Residential area Nearby Habitat A6 TongsengVillage 2.64 Km,SW Residential area Near by Habitat A7 UmlongVillage 5.41 Km,NW Residential area Nearby Habitat A8 Hill Area 8.10Km,NE Residential area Nearby lease area 3.5.2 LOCATIONS OF AIR SAMPLING STATIONS Figure 3-3 Location of Air Quality Samples on Google Map Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page106

EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya Sampling Procedure Time averaged in situ sampling was adopted by passing a known volume of air through a trap, and a collecting medium (filter paper and bubbler). Respirable Dust Sampler was used for the purpose. This procedure was adopted because there are no short-term variations and low concentration of gaseous pollutants was expected. Analytical methods followed for ambient air quality monitoring: I. Particulate Matter (PM2.5): (USEPA Quality Assurance Hand Book (Vol.II) Part II, Quality Assurance Guideline Document, 2.12): Particulate Matter (PM2.5) was analysed by Gravimetric Method. Particulate matter was collected on the 37 mm dia glass micro fiber Filter Paper. PM2.5 value is determined from the values of volume of air passes through Ambient Fine Dust Sampler. II. Particulate Matter (PM10) (IS: 5182 Part 23:2006): Particulate Matter (PM10) was carried out by Respirable Dust sampler as per IS: 5182(Part 23):2006. Particulate Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page107

matter was collected on the GF/A Filter Paper. Particles with aerodynamics diameter less than the cut-point of the inlet are collected by the filter. The mass of these particles is determined by the difference in filter weight prior to and after sampling. III. Sulphur dioxide (SO2) (IS: 5182; Part II 2001): Sulphur dioxide is absorbed by aspirating a measured air sample through a solution of Potassium or sodium tetrachloromercurate, TCM. This procedure results in the formation of a dichloro sulphite mercurate complex. The Sulphite Ion produced during sampling is reacted with sulphamic acid, formaldehyde and pararosaniline to form an azo dye and then determined calorimetrically. IV. Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 5182; Part VI 2006): Nitrogen dioxide is collected by bubbling air through a sodium hydroxide- sodium arsenite solution to form a stable solution of sodium Nitrite. The Nitrite Ion Produced during sampling is reacted with hydrogen peroxide, Sulphanilamide and NEDA to form an azodye and then determined calorimetrically. 3.5.3 RESULTS: Table 3-2Results of Ambient air quality March 2013- May 2013 Location Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean PM 2.5 (Standard 60 µg/m 3 ) PM 10 (Standard 100 µg/m 3 ) A1 23.8 25.9 25.7 24.7 35.7 38.8 38.6 37.1 A2 22.9 24.9 24.6 23.8 34.3 37.3 36.9 35.7 A3 23.1 25.0 24.8 24.0 34.6 37.6 37.4 36.0 A4 22.5 24.5 24.2 23.4 33.7 36.7 36.3 35.1 A5 23.7 25.8 25.6 24.6 35.5 38.7 38.4 36.9 A6 23.5 25.5 25.2 24.4 35.0 37.5 37.4 36.3 A7 22.6 24.6 24.3 23.5 33.9 36.9 36.5 35.3 A8 22.8 24.8 24.5 23.7 34.2 37.2 36.8 35.6 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page108

Table 3-3Results ofambient air quality March 2013- May 2013 Location Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean SO2 (Standard 80 µg/m 3 ) NOx (Standard 80 µg/m 3 ) CO A1 13.6 15.9 15.7 14.6 15.1 17.4 17.2 16.2 1000 A2 13.0 15.0 14.5 13.8 15.0 17.5 17.0 15.9 1000 A3 13.2 15.2 14.7 14.0 15.2 17.4 17.2 16.1 1000 A4 12.3 14.1 14.0 13.2 14.2 16.5 16.1 15.2 1000 A5 13.8 15.8 15.6 14.7 15.5 17.9 17.6 16.6 1000 A6 13.6 15.5 15.4 14.6 15.3 17.7 17.5 16.5 1000 A7 12.5 14.5 14.3 13.5 14.0 17.0 16.5 15.6 1000 A8 13.0 15.0 14.5 13.8 15.0 17.5 17.0 15.9 1000 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Results Interpretation: Core Zone: The proposed site is considered as core zone. The results of Core zone for the season March 2013 to May 2013 are given in table 3.2& 3.3: From the table it is clear that the values of PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO X& CO are within the limit of Air standards for Industrial Area and Residential Area. Buffer Zone: The results of Buffer zone for the season March 2013 to May 2013 are given in table 3.2& 3.3. From the table the values of PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO X& CO are within the limit of Air standards for Industrial Area and Residential area. 3.5.4 Ambient air quality May 2015 Table 3-4 Ambient air quality May Location Min. Max. Mean Min. Max. 98 Percentile 98 PM2.5 (Standard 60 µg/m 3 ) PM10 (Standard 100 µg/m 3 ) Percentile Mean A1 23.9 29.0 27.9 26.4 46.1 60.2 54.8 51.5 A2 25.3 30.6 29.4 27.9 48.7 63.5 57.8 54.3 A3 26.6 32.2 31.0 29.3 51.3 66.9 60.8 57.2 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page109

A4 32.2 39.0 37.5 35.5 62.0 80.9 73.6 69.2 A5 29.5 35.8 34.4 32.5 56.9 74.2 67.5 63.5 A6 23.1 28.0 27.0 25.5 44.6 58.2 52.9 49.8 A7 22.1 26.7 25.7 24.3 42.6 55.5 50.5 47.5 A8 28.2 34.2 32.8 31.1 54.3 70.9 64.5 60.6 (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Table 3-5Ambient air quality May 2015 Location A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean Min. Max. 98 Percentile Mean SO2 (Standard 80 µg/m 3 ) NOx (Standard 80 µg/m 3 ) CO 6.2 7.8 7.2 7.2 7.6 10.6 10.3 9.3 6.5 8.3 8.2 7.6 8.0 11.1 10.9 9.8 6.9 8.7 8.6 8.0 8.4 11.7 11.4 10.3 8.3 10.5 10.4 9.7 10.2 14.2 13.8 12.5 7.6 9.6 8.9 8.9 9.4 13.0 12.7 11.4 6.0 7.6 7.5 7.0 7.3 10.2 9.9 9.0 5.7 7.2 6.7 6.6 7.0 9.7 9.5 8.5 7.3 9.2 9.1 8.5 8.9 12.4 12.1 10.9 (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Results Interpretation: Core Zone: During May 2015 re-sampling was done at the same stations in Core Zone, results are given in Table 3.4 & 3.5 As per the results the values of PM 2.5, PM 10, SO 2, NO X& CO are within the limit of standards for Industrial Area. Buffer Zone: During May 2015 re-sampling was done at the same stations in Buffer Zone, results are given in Table 3.4 &3.5 As per the results the values of PM 2.5, PM 10, SO 2, NO X& CO are within the limit of Air standards for Industrial Area and Residential area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page110

Conclusion: As per the comparison of the results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015, it has been found that the levels of SO2 and NOx have reduced with time due to the higher amount of rainfall reported during these two years on an average. Whereas the level of PM 10 and PM 2.5 have slightly increased despite the rainfall effect due to the increased vehicular pollution and burning activities in the nearby villages. The levels of SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2,5 for both the seasons are within the NAAQ standards. 3.6 NOISE QUALITY Noise Measurement Locations: To assess the noise level of the proposed area, following stations were selected. Location of Noise sampling stations is described below and location is shown in Fig 3-4. Table 3-6Noise Sampling Location Station No. Location Distance & Direction from project area Project area / study area Environmental Sitting Core Zone N1 Lease area - Industrial area Noise Quality at Core Zone N2 Lease area - Industrial area Buffer Zone N3 UmlaperVillage 1.18 Km, East Residential area N4 CMCL Plant 1.64 Km,NW Industrial area N5 LumshnongVillage 2.45 Km,NW Residential area N6 TongsengVillage 2.64 Km,SW Residential area Noise Quality at Buffer Zone N7 UmlongVillage 5.41 Km,NW Residential area N8 Hill Area 8.10Km,NE Residential area Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page111

EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya 3.6.1 LOCATIONS OF NOISE SAMPLING STATION Figure 3-4Location of Noise Quality Samples on Google Map Methodology At each station noise level was monitored for 24-hours simultaneously. For each measurement, db (A) readings was taken for every 15 minutes for 24 hrs ones in a season to get Leq values. 3.6.2 NOISE RESULTS: Table 3-7Noise Level Monitoring db (A) (MARCH 2013-MAY 2013) S. No. 1 Locations Lease area Class Average Day noise level (Leq in db(a) Average Night noise level (Leq in db(a) Day time (6.00 A.M to 10.00P.M) Night time (10.00 P.M to 6.00A.M) Standard Standard (Leq in (Leq in db(a) db(a) Industrial Area 54.6 41.6 75.0 70.0 2 Lease area Industrial Area 54.8 41.4 75.0 70.0 3 UmlaperVillage Residential area 56.0 42.2 55.0 45.0 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page112

4 CMCL Plant Industrial Area 5 LumshnongVillage Residential area 6 TongsengVillage Residential area 7 UmlongVillage Residential area 8 Hill Area Residential Area 57.8 43.6 75.0 70.0 54.7 41.6 55.0 45.0 55.2 42.4 55.0 45.0 54.6 41.8 55.0 45.0 52.6 38.9 55.0 45.0 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Results Interpretation: Core Zone: Results are summarized in Table 3-7 The ambient noise level at the proposed project site from March 2013- May 2013 was observed to be 54.6 db (A) to 54.80 db (A) during day time, which is within the standard of Industrial area are ~ 75 db (A). During night the noise level at the project site between March 2013 May 2013 was observed to be 41.4 db (A) to 41.6 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 70.0 db (A). Buffer Zone: The ambient noise level of nearby areas From March 2013- May 2013 was observed tobe 52.6 db (A) to 56.0 db (A), which is within the standard of residential (55 db (A)). During night between 2013- May 2013 the noise level nearby areas was observed to be 38.9 db (A) to 42.4 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 45.0 db (A) of residential standards. Noise level monitoring at CMCL plant (N4) during March 2013- May 2013 during day was 57.8 db (A) and during night was 43.6 db (A), which shows the results were within industrial areas standards. 3.6.3 Noise Level Monitoring db (A) (MAY 2015) Table 3-8 Noise Level Monitoring db (A) (MAY 2015) S. No. Locations Class Average Day noise level (L eq in db(a) Average Night noise level in db(a) (L eq Day time (6.00 A.M to 10.00P.M) Standard (L eq in db(a) Night time (10.00 P.M to 6.00A.M) Standard (L eq in db(a) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page113

1 Lease area Industrial Area 2 Lease area Industrial Area 3 UmlaperVillage Residential area 4 CMCL Plant Industrial Area 5 LumshnongVillage Residential area 6 TongsengVillage Residential area 7 UmlongVillage Residential area 8 Hill Area Residential Area 55.4 41.9 75.0 70.0 55.7 41.6 75.0 70.0 56.4 42.4 55.0 45.0 58.0 43.9 75.0 70.0 55.1 41.8 55.0 45.0 55.5 42.7 55.0 45.0 55.0 42.1 55.0 45.0 52.8 40.2 55.0 45.0 (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Results Interpretation: Core Zone: Results are summarized in Table 3-8 During May 2015, the ambient noise level at the proposed project site was observed to be 55.4 db (A) to 55.7 db (A) during day time, which is within the standard of Industrial area are ~ 75 db (A). During night the noise level at the project site during May 2015 was observed to be 41.6 db (A) to 41.9 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 70.0 db (A). Buffer Zone: The ambient noise level of nearby areas during May 2015 was observed tobe 52.8 db (A) to 56.4 db (A), which is slightly higher than the standard of residential area (55 db (A)) at few places. During night in May 2015 the noise level in nearby areas was observed to be 40.2 db (A) to 42.7 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 45.0 db (A) of residential standards. During May 2015, Noise level at CMCL plant (N4) during day was 58.0 db (A) and during night was 43.9 db (A), which shows the results were within industrial areas standards. Conclusion: As per the comparison of the results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015, it has been found that the noise level at all the stations has slightly increased due to the increased vehicular activities and mining activities in the nearby areas. Although the noise values for both the seasons are within the Residential and Industrial standards. 3.7 WATER QUALITY 3.7.1 Hydrology and Geology The area is predominantly made of highly dissected plateau (H.D.P.) followed by moderately dissected plateau (M.D.P.) Some denudational hills (D.H.H) and formation of Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page114

mesa/butte clearly signifies that the area has been subjected to erosion over a considerable period of time. The Deep Gorge (D.G.) aligned in North-South direction in the eastern part of Lumshnong is a significant feature of the land morphology. Series of Structural Hills (SH) in the southern part of the fault form a peculiar topography near the international boundary. Lumshnong is located at Highly Dissected Plateau (HDP). The area is composed of sedimentary rocks of Cretaceous Tertiary origin. Some fractures are also present in the region. The area is characterized mainly by Karst topography (Limestone) followed by sandstone, granite, and gneisses resulting in undulating uplands with gullies. The area possesses semi-confined to confined aquifers with moderate permeability suitable for bore wells. The area is marked with springs and seepages. Therefore, the area is suitable for dug wells and shallow tube wells etc. Many perennial streams are available in the area, which often make principal source of water for human use. Parallel deep gorges aligned in North-South direction in the eastern and western part of Lumshnong are also present in the region. These areas are the formations of Archean Gneissic Complex. There are highly deformed massive rocks with fractures. The gorges are often very steep and interspersed with sharp crested hills. As a result, parallel deep valleys are noticed in the east and west part of Lumshnong. Hydrogeologically, the Jaintia Hills district can be divided into three units namely consolidated, semi-consolidated and unconsolidated formations. Consolidated formations comprise of the oldest rock formation namely the peneplained gneissic complex and quartzite. Groundwater occurs under both water table and semi-confined condition in these consolidated formations. Unconsolidated formations mainly are represented by recent alluvium formation occurring near the southern fringe of the district adjacent to Bangladesh. The major part of the district is covered by semi-consolidated formation covering Amlarem and Khliehriat blocks constituting the Shella formation and study area is also part of the same. This type of formation has: Fairly thick and discontinuous aquifer down to 250 m. Groundwater occurs under semi-confined to confined conditions. Water level rests at 4-9 below ground level and yield ranges from 25 150 m 3 /hr. 3.7.2 Drainage Pattern Predominantly two different kinds of drainage patterns can be seen in the study area. They are mainly dendretic and trellis pattern. Lubha is the main river in study area showing common dendritic patterns. In a massively dissected region of horizontal strata, the stream system forms a dendritic drainage pattern, in which, the smaller streams show no predominant directional orientation or control. Seshympa river with the streams of Wah Lariang, Umbadoh and Umutha also show similar dendritic pattern of drainage system. The upper most part of Seshympa river from where it originated shows trellis pattern of drainage. In this case, the consequent stream cuts across the crest and subsequent streams follow the strike valleys. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page115

Innumerable first order and second order streams signify the high density of drainage system of the project area. Further south both the rivers i.e seshympa and Lubha discharge into Balgladesh. NH 44 running north south in the area forms the demarcation line between the two drainage patterns, with steams and tributaries of the two major rivers, Seshympa on western side and Lubha on eastern side of NH 44. Umtyrngai nala flowing west to east along the northern boundary of project site is perennial. Umtyrngai nala joins Umlunar river 2 km further east. Umlunar is a tributary of Lubha river. Umutha a perennial nala flowing north to south, joins Umtyrngai at about 0.5 km from the eastern boundary of the project area. Ground water profile is attached as Plate No. 7. Drainage plan is attached as Plate No. 10. 3.7.3 Development of Ground water The area receives heavy rainfall and rainy season extends from April to October. The annual rainfall recorded during the last one year at site is 4587mm. Major part of rainfall (about 80%) is drained as surface runoff. The balance is charged into groundwater through soil capping, weathered sand stone, bedding planes, joints, fractures, solution cavities in the limestone and the dolomite formations occurring in the study area. The data on water balance of the area is not available from secondary sources. At present, the Groundwater resource estimation is going on for the entire state of Meghalaya based on the latest Groundwater Estimation Committee (GEC 1997) norms. However, Groundwater Resource Potential of Jaintia Hills District was calculated to be 120.36 million cubic meter (MCM) based on GEC of 1984 norm. Out of the total resource, the utilizable resources were estimated to 102.31 MCM, which is 85% of the Gross recharge. As per norm, 15% of the gross recharge has to be kept for drinking and allied purpose. It is proposed to meet the water requirement for ongoing project from Umtyrngai nala from April to October which is 20 m from project site and during the lean season i.e. from November to March, part of water requirements shall have to drawn from a point 500 m further east after the confluence of Umutha nala. Out of the buffer zone area of 314 sq.km, an area of about 40 sq. km forms the catchment area for sustaining surface and sub- surface water flow in Umtyrngai and Umutha nalas. The proposed water withdrawal locations at Umtyrngai and Umutha nalas proposed to sustain the water requirement of the plant are located on the downstream side of the villages Lumshnong and Wahizar which depend upon for their water requirements from the upstream side of the respective nalas. No irrigation facilities are available in the area for cultivation mainly due to rugged and rock terrain and absence of level and plain areas. The seasonal agriculture and orchards in the area sustained by monsoon rains. Further on the downstream side there are no villages and commercial establishments and the nalas join Umlunar river further 2.0 km east which is a tributary of Lubha river. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page116

Competing Users of Water Source in the Study Area Sl. No. Usage Consumption(m 3 / day) Surface Ground 1 Irrigation 0 0 2 Industry 500 100 3 Drinking 236 9 4 Others - - Total 736 109 Ground Water Recharge and Water Quality The aquifers of this area are mainly recharged directly from precipitation and percolation through fractures. The recharge of the area varies on factors like amount of rainfall, topography, soil cover, degree and intensity of weathering, vegetation and drainage density. In the hilly terrain of this block, it does not have much scope of recharge through rainfall because of steep slope and rugged topography as all the amount of rainfall is lost through surface run off. 3.7.4 Ground Water Recharge of the Project Area The area spreads over an area of 13.58 ha and is characterized bygentle to steeply sloping topography. Considering the average rainfall of the area is 2400 mm. Since the area is occupied with the consolidated rocks, rate of infiltration due to rainfall is slow so the standard factor 10% is considered to find out groundwater recharge due to rainfall. The annual recharge in the area Area x Annual rainfall x Infiltration factor = 13.58Ha. X 2.4m x 0.1 = 3.26 Ham. As such there is no human settlement and agricultural activities and also absence of any groundwater abstraction structure so annual groundwater recharge can safely met to the demand of water requirement. Fluctuation of water table varies from 127 meters BGL in rainy season to 132 meters BGL in summer season. The fluctuation varies with the geological formation. 3.7.5 Water Quality Sampling Stations: To assess the water quality of the proposed area, following 10 stations were selected in the season of March 2013 to May 2013. Again in May 2015 samples were recollected for the analysis of existing water quality. Sample collection was carried out at the same sampling locations. Results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015 sampling are given below: Location of Water sampling stations is described below and location is shown in Fig 5.3 Table 3-9Location of Water sampling stations Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page117

EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya Station No. Location 1 Water near CMCL Plant Distance & Project area Direction from Study area Project area Surface water 1.5 Km,N 2 Nala near Lumshong 2.21 Km,NW Surface water 3 LubhaRiver (Up stream) LubhaRiver (Down stream) UmlongRiver UmlunarRiver Spring near lease area Spring water Tongseng village Spring near Umbadoh village Spring water Wahiajer village 4.76 Km,SE Surface water 6.56 Km,SW Surface water 7.39 Km,NW 8.65Km,NE 0.48 Km,SE Surface water Surface water Ground water Ground water 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2.67 Km,SW 3.65 Km,NW 6.18Km,NE Ground water / Environmental Significance Existing Surface Water Quality nearby lease area Existing Ground Water Quality nearby lease area Ground water 3.7.6 LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATION Figure 3-5LOCATIONS OF WATER SAMPLING STATION Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page118

Sampling Frequency and Sampling Techniques: As per the standard practice four integrated sample & six Grab samples from out of 10 locations was taken. Sampling was done by standard sampling techniques as per the Standard Methods (IS & APHA, 21 st Edition 2005). Necessary precautions were taken for preservation of samples. The physical parameters viz. ph, temperature and conductivity were measured at site using portable water analyzer. 3.7.7 WATER QUALITY RESULTS: Table 3-10Result of Surface Water Samples Analysis (March 2013- May 2013) S.no Parameter Unit IS: 10500 Water near CMCL Plant SW1 Nala near Lumshno ng SW2 Minimu m Detectio n limit 1 Colour Hazen 5 < 1 < 1 1 2 Odour -- Unobjectiona Agreeab Qualitati Agreeable ble le ve 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 < 1 1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 7.2 7.2 1 5 Temperature ºC - 23.8 22.2 1 6 Conductivity µmho/cm - 659 610 1 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 270 225 1 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 20.0 15.0 2 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 BDL BDL 0.1 10 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 3.5 3.2 1 11 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 3.5 4.0 2 12 Sulphate (as SO 4) mg/l 200 0.8 0.7 2 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 0.55 0.60 1 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 2.0 2.1 0.1 15 Potassium (as K) mg/l - 0.5 0.6 0.1 16 Suspended Solids mg/l - 8.5 5.2 1.0 17 DO mg/l - 6.2 6.4 0.2 18 BOD mg/l - 0.3 0.4 2.0 19 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l - BDL BDL 1.0 20 Oil & Grease mg/l - 0.3 0.2 1.0 21 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml - 1.0 2.0 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page119

Boron,Aluninium,Phosphate,Iron,Bromide,TotalChromium,Nickel,Manganese,Copper,Cadmium,Lea d,lithium,zinc, Surfactants,Arsenic, Mercury, Phenols, Cyanides, PAH, Total Pesticides, Feacal Coliform& Total Coliform are below detection level Table 3-11Result of Surface Water Samples Analysis (March 2013- May 2013) S.n o Parameter Unit IS: 10500 LubhaRi ver(upstream) SW3 Lubha River( down stream) SW4 Umlo ngriv er SW5 Umlun ar River SW6 Minim um Detecti on limit 1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 < 1 <1 1 2 Odour -- Unobjection able Agreeabl e Agreea ble Agree able Agreea ble Qualita tive 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 <1 1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 7.3 7.3 7.1 7.2 1 5 Temperature ºC - 25.6 24.3 24.1 25.0 1 6 Conductivity µmho/c m - 690 645 590 636 1 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 285 234 250 252 1 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 22 22 20.0 15 2 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1 10 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 3.1 3.3 3.9 3.5 1 11 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 4.8 3.3 3.6 5.7 2 12 Sulphate SO4) (as mg/l 200 6.0 7.0 8.0 11.0 2 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 0.6 0.6 0.55 0.5 1 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 2.6 2.1 2.2 2.0 0.1 15 Potassium K) (as mg/l - 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.1 16 Suspended Solids mg/l - 5.9 7.1 4.9 4.6 1.0 17 DO mg/l - 6.8 6.9 6.5 6.7 0.2 18 BOD mg/l - 0.3 0.1 0.3 0.4 2.0 19 Ammonical mg/l - BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.0 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page120

Nitrogen 20 Oil & Grease mg/l - 0.3 0.4 0.2 0.1 1.0 21 Total Coliform MPN/10 0ml - 2.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 - (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Boron,Aluninium,Phosphate,Iron,Bromide,TotalChromium,Nickel,Manganese,Copper,C admium,lead,lithium,zinc, Surfactants, Arsenic, Mercury, Phenols, Cyanides, PAH & Total Pesticides are below detection level Table 3-12Ground Water quality results (March 2013- May 2013): S.n o PARAMETE RS UNIT IS: 10500 Spring water near lease area GW1 Spring water near Tongse ng village GW2 Spring water near Umbad oh village GW3 Spring water near Wahiaj er village GW4 Minimu m Detectio n limit 1 Colour Hazen 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 1 2 Odour -- Unobjectiona ble Agreeab le Agreeab le Agreeab le Agreeab le Qualitati ve 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 7.3 7.2 7.1 7.4 1 5 Temperature ºC - 25.4 25.6 26.1 23.9 1 6 Conductivit y µmho/c m - 397 58 567 1 7 8 9 10 11 12 Total Dissolved Solids Chloride (as Cl) Fluoride (as F) Calcium (as Ca) Magnesium (as Mg) Sulphate (as mg/l 500 215 185 220 200 1 mg/l 250 13.5 11.4 12.9 13.1 2 mg/l 1.0 0.6 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.1 mg/l 75 15.8 15.1 16.5 17.4 1 mg/l 30 7.5 6.4 7.3 7.0 2 mg/l 200 10.9 9.9 9.2 8.5 2 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page121

SO4) 13 Boron mg/l - BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.1 14 Iron mg/l 0.3 0.19 0.14 0.20 0.12 0.1 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Nitrite Nitrogen, Aluminum, Total Chromium, Nickel, Manganese,Copper, Mercury, Cadmium, Selenium, Lead& Zinc are below detection limit Result Interpretation: The surface water was collected from six locations and ground water (spring water) was collected from four locations during March 2013- May 2013. The water quality analysis results for all the locations are given in Table no. 5.10, 5.11, 5.12 From the results it is clear that the ph of water varies from ph- 7.1-7.4. Other parameters T.D.S (185-285 mg/l),sulphate (6.0 10.9 mg/l), Chloride (11.4-22 mg/l), Calcium (3.1-16.5 mg/l) and Magnesium (3.3-75 mg/l) are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. Table 3-13Result of Surface Water Samples Analysis (May 2015) Water near S.no Parameter Unit CMCL Plant IS: 10500 SW1 1 Colour Hazen 5 < 1 2 Odour -- Unobjectionable Agreeable 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 7.8 5 Temperature ºC - 26.1 6 Conductivity µmho/cm - 562 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 210 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 32.1 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 0.9 10 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 40 11 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 5.1 12 Sulphate (as SO 4) mg/l 200 10 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 1.8 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 1.8 15 Total Hardness mg/l 121 16 Iron (As Fe) mg/l BDL 17 Boron mg/l 0.1 18 Phosphate mg/l - BDL 19 Potassium (as K) mg/l - 0.2 20 Suspended Solids mg/l - - 21 DO mg/l - - 22 BOD mg/l - - 23 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l - BDL 24 Oil & Grease mg/l - - 25 COD mg/l (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page122

Boron,Aluninium,Phosphate,Iron,Bromide,TotalChromium,Nickel,Manganese,Copper,C admium,lead,lithium,zinc, Surfactants,Arsenic, Mercury, Phenols, Cyanides, PAH, Total Pesticides, Fecal Coliform& Total Coliform are below detection level Table 3-14Result of Surface Water Samples Analysis (May 2015) S.no Parameter Unit Nala near Lumshnong SW2 EPA Discharge Standards CPCB Surface water quality criteria Class A Class B Class C Class D Class E 1 Colour Hazen < 1 <1 - - - - - 2 Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable - - - - - 3 Turbidity NTU < 1 < 1 - - - - - 4 ph Value 7.8 5.5-9.0 6.5-6.8 6.5-8.5 6-9 6.5-8.5 6-8.5 5 Temperature ºC 24.5 1-50 - - - - - 6 Conductivity µmho/cm 310 - - - - - 2250 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 157 - - - - - - 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 21.9 - - - - - - 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 0.2 2.0 - - - - - 10 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 38 - - 11 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 6.0 - - - - - - 12 Sulphate (as SO 4) mg/l 17.1 - - - - - - 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 5.0 10 - - - - - 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l 2.3 - - - - - - 15 Total Hardness mg/l 110 - - - - - - 16 Iron (As Fe) mg/l BDL 3.0 - - - - - 17 Boron mg/l 0.1 - - - - - - 18 Phosphate mg/l BDL 5.0 - - - - - 19 Potassium (as K) mg/l 0.7 - - - - - - 20 Suspended Solids mg/l 12.2 - - - - - - 21 DO mg/l 6.1 - <6 <5 <4 - - 22 BOD mg/l 1.2 30 <2 <3 <3 - - Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page123

23 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l BDL 50 - - - - - 24 Oil & Grease mg/l 0.2 - - - - - - 25 COD mg/l 2.0 250 - - - - - Table 3-15Result of Surface Water Samples Analysis (May 2015) S. no Parameter Unit IS: 10500 LubhaRiv er(up stream) SW3 LubhaRiver (down stream) SW4 Umlong River SW5 Umlu nar River SW6 1 Colour Hazen 5 <1 <1 < 1 <1 2 Odour -- Unobjectio nable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeabl e Agree able 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 <1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 7.6 7.8 7.2 7.7 5 Temperature ºC - 25.8 26.1 24.1 24.3 6 Conductivity µmho /cm - 210 256 220 316 7 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 110 135 104 142 8 Chloride Cl) (as mg/l 250 17.8 20.9 15.9 19.9 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 0.8 1.1 0.2 0.2 10 Calcium Ca) (as mg/l 75 19.2 26.1 12 25.2 11 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l 30 5.8 3.8 2.4 2.1 12 Sulphate SO4) (as mg/l 200 19.6 27.1 14.2 16.1 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 1.1 1.8 0.6 0.5 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 2.2 3.0 2.2 2.6 15 Total Hardness mg/l 72 81 40 72 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page124

16 Iron (As Fe) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL 17 Boron mg/l 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 18 Phosphate mg/l BDL BDL 0.2 0.2 19 Potassium K) (as mg/l - 0.3 0.8 0.8 0.9 20 Suspended Solids mg/l - 4.0 7.2 6.0 8.0 21 DO mg/l - 6.0 6.1 6.5 5.1 22 BOD mg/l - 3.7 7.1 4.1 2.4 23 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l - BDL BDL BDL BDL 24 Oil & Grease mg/l - 0.7 0.8 0.8 1.0 25 BOD mg/l 3.7 7.1 5.6 2.4 (Source: Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Boron,Aluninium,Phosphate,Iron,Bromide,TotalChromium,Nickel,Manganese,Copper,C admium,lead,lithium,zinc, Surfactants, Arsenic, Mercury, Phenols, Cyanides, PAH & Total Pesticides are below detection level Table 3-16Ground Water quality results: (May 2015) S.n o Parameter Unit IS: 10500 Spring water near lease area GW1 Spring water near Tongse ng village GW2 Spring water near Umbad oh village GW3 Spring water near Wahiaj er village GW4 1 Colour Hazen 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 2 Odour -- Unobjection able Agreea ble Agreea ble Agreea ble Agreea ble 3 Turbidity NTU 5 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 4 ph Value 6.5-8.5 6.8 5.7 6.2 5.9 5 Temperature ºC - 25.6 24.5 24.3 24.6 6 Conductivity µmho/c - 60 58 68.0 60 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page125

m 7 Total Solids Dissolved mg/l 500 35 25 38.0 31 8 Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 250 6.8 6.9 6.2 6.1 9 Fluoride (as F) mg/l 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.1 1.1 10 Calcium (as Ca) mg/l 75 2.4 2.0 2.6 2.1 11 Magnesium Mg) (as mg/l 30 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.1 12 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l 200 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.5 13 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 45 5.2 5.5 5.1 4.1 14 Sodium (as Na) mg/l - 2.6 2.7 2.1 2.8 15 Total Hardness mg/l 10 9.1 11.2 9.8 16 Iron (As Fe) mg/l 0.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL 17 Boron mg/l 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 18 Phosphate mg/l - BDL 0.6 0.1 0.1 19 Potassium (as K) mg/l - 0.9 0.6 0.8 1.0 20 Suspended Solids mg/l - 9.1 9.0 10.1 10 21 DO mg/l - 4.3 5.3 4.8 5.2 22 BOD mg/l - 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.1 23 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l - - - - - 24 Oil & Grease mg/l - 0.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 25 COD mg/l - 8.0 9.0 10 8.0 Result Interpretation: The Sampling was re-conducted during May 2015 at the same sampling locations, surface water was collected from six locations and ground water (Spring water) was collected from four locations during May 2015., whose results are given in Table no.5.13-5.16. From results it is clear that during May 2015 Sampling, ph of water varies from ph- 5.9-7.8. Other parameters T.D.S 25-210 mg/l,sulphate 1.0-27.1 mg/l, Chloride 6.1-32.1 mg/l, Calcium 2-40 mg/l and Magnesium 0.9-6.0 mg/l are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. BOD varies from 2.2-7.1mg/l and DO varies from 4.3-6.5 mg/l. Conclusion: As per the comparison of the results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015, it has been found that the water quality results are nearly same. Values for few water quality Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page126

parameters i.e. TDS, SO4, Cl, Ca. Mg has increased due to anthropogenic activities. Although all the values are with in the standards limit. Most of the sources of water here are surface sources ie rivers and Ground water in the form of Spring water, that are capable of Self purification. 3.8 SOIL QUALITY To assess the soil quality of the proposed area, following stations were selected in the period of March 2013 to May 2013. Soil profile and quality was studied at 5 different locations. Location of Soil sampling stations is described below in Table 5.17 and location is shown in Fig.5.4 Table 3-17 Sampling location Station No. Location Distance & Direction from Project area Project area/ Study area Environmental Significance Core Zone S 1 Lease area - Vacant land Soil fertility at Core Zone Buffer Zone S 2 Lumshnong village 2.45 Km,NW Vegetative land S 3 Tonseng village 2.64 Km,SW Vegetative land S-4 Umlong village 5.41 Km,NW Vegetative land Soil fertility at Buffer Zone S-5 Thangski village 7.12 Km,NW Vegetative land Sampling procedure & Analysis: There is no defined standard method of sampling of soils. Augur method was used and samples were collected at 15 cm depth after removing the upper crust. Sample from each spot were well mixed with hand on a clean polythene sheet. About 1 Kg of soil was retained after process of quartering. This sample was kept for some time for air-drying at room temperature, stored in polythene bag with label at the top. Samples were analysed for bulk density, ph, nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, magnesium and organic contents. Soil Quality Results are summarized in thetable 5.18 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page127

EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya 3.8.1 LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATION Figure 3-6LOCATIONS OF SOIL SAMPLING STATION 3.8.2 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS (RESULTS) Soil samples were collected from five locations (Fig. 5.4) in the study season March 2013May 2015 and were analyzed to know the soil type, moisture content, nutrients level and other chemical parameters of the soil. Again the sampling was carried out in May 2015 at the same sampling locations and the samples were again analyzed. The analysis results of the samples for March 2013- May 2013 are indicated in Table and results for the Month of May 2015 are indicated in Table-. Table 3-18Chemical Properties of Soil during March 2013 May 2013 S1 Sr. No. Parameter 1 Texture On site Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd S2 S3 Lumshnong Tonseng village village Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam S4 S5 Umlong mine Thangsi village Clay Loam Clay Page128

2 Conductivity (µ 107 85.0 101 99.0 100 mhos/cm) 3 ph 6.4 6.3 7.1 6.3 7.0 4 Available P ( ppm ) 10.2 15.1 14.3 9.5 11.5s 5 K (ppm) 12.1 14.1 13.2 15.3 16.1 6 Nitrate (ppm) Nitrogen 11.1 13.3 18.1 19.2 17.2 7 Chloride(% ) 0.04 0.03 0.07 0.06 0.08 8 Available (ppm) Sulphur 12.3 10.2 9.8 11.1 11.5 9 Sodium (ppm) 37.0 42.0 28.0 35.0 32.0 10 Bulk Density(gm/cc) 2.6 2.8 2.4 2.7 2.2 11 Porosity (%) 43.0 42.0 40.0 41.0 39.0 12 Water Capacity (%) Holding 41.0 44.0 40.0 42.0 38.0 13 Organic Carbon(%) 1.1 0.95 0.35 1.3 0.63 Sand:15.0 Sand :15.0 Sand :13.0 Sand:13.0 Sand :12.0 14 Composition (%) Silt: 39.0 Silt: 41.0 Silt: 45.0 Silt: 44.0 Silt: 45.0 Clay:46.0 Clay:44.0 Clay:42.0 Clay:43.0 Clay:43.0 (Source: GEOMIN CONSULTANTS (P) LTD.) Fertility of Soil at Onsite during March 2013-May 2013 Parameters Result in Low Medium High Remarks mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Nitrogen 11.1 <156 157-313 >314 Low Potassium 12.1 <67 67.1-156 >156 Low Phosphorus 10.2 <5.5 5.6-13.9 >14.0 High (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page129

Results Interpretation: During March 2013to May 2013 the sampling was done.the results are given in table 5.18. In the proposed activity area the thickness of the topsoil zone is very thin. The soil is mostly reddish brown in colour and lateritic in nature. These lateritic soils are mostly poor in organic contents and moisture retaining capacity. Core Zone:The Colour of the soil was Reddish Brown, ph 6.4. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.89 %, the Nitrogen 11.1 mg/kg, the Phosphorus (10.2 mg/kg) & available Potassium (12.1 mg/kg) is Lower in range,.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Buffer Zone: The Colour was Reddish Brown, ph 6.3 7.1. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic Carbon 0.34 % 1.38%, Nitrogen 13.3 mg/kg 19.2 mg/kg, Phosphorus (9.5 mg/kg 15.1 mg/kg) & available Potassium (13.2 mg/kg 16.1 mg/kg) is Lower in range,. Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. 3.8.3 Chemical Properties of Soil (During May 2015) Table 3-19 Chemical Properties of Soil (During May 2015) Sr. No. Parameter S1 On site S2 S3 Lumshnong Tonseng village village S4 Umlong Village S5 Thangski village 1 Texture Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Clay Loam 2 Conductivity (µ mhos/cm) 132 102 122 118 112 3 ph 6.6 6.4 7.3 6.5 7.2 4 Available P ( ppm ) 12.1 17.8 16.2 11.4 13.6 5 K (ppm) 16.8 16.8 14.4 17.6 18.4 6 Nitrate Nitrogen (ppm) 13.5 18.6 19.6 21.4 19.7 7 Chloride(% ) 26.4 35 17.5 18.4 28.6 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page130

8 Available Sulphur (ppm) 14.6 12.8 10.4 13.4 13.2 9 Sodium (ppm) 42.6 44.6 36.8 39.8 35.2 10 Bulk Density(gm/cc) 1.9 2.1 1.8 2.2 1.9 11 Porosity (%) 42.4 40 38.6 38.4 37.8 12 Water Holding Capacity (%) 38.6 44 40 44 38.6 Sand:24.6 Sand:17.8 Sand :14.6 Sand :15.6 Sand :11.8 14 Composition (%) Silt: 38.4 Silt: 40.6 Silt: 44.2 Silt: 43.7 Silt: 45.9 Clay:36.9 Clay:41.5 Clay:41.1 Clay:40.6 Clay:42.2 15 Moisture(%) 1.7 2.3 1.9 1.2 1.5 16 Organic Matter 1.8 1.6 0.62 2.3 1.2 17 Colour Reddish Brown Reddish Brown Reddish Brown Reddish Brown Reddish Brown 18 Calcium (as Ca) 56.0 40.0 52.0 48.0 44.0 19 Magnesium (as Mg) 24.0 20.0 24.0 16.0 12.0 20 Orthophosphate 9.8 6.4 12.6 6.8 4.2 21 Bicarbonate 46.8 42.8 56.4 38.6 48.4 22 Available Nitrogen 58.6 50.4 60.4 58.0 56.8 23 Cation Capacity Exchange 36.8 42.6 48.4 38.2 46.8 (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page131

Fertility of Soil at Onsite during May 2015 Parameters Result in Low Medium High Remarks mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg mg/kg Nitrogen 58.6 <156 157-313 >314 Low Potassium 16.8 <67 67.1-156 >156 Low Phosphorus 12.1 <5.5 5.6-13.9 >14.0 Medium (Source: M/s Perfact Researchers Pvt.ltd. NABL Accredited laboratory) Results Interpretation: During May 2015 again the sampling is re-conducted at the same sampling stations and the interpretation of the results are as follows: Core Zone:The Colour of the soil was Reddish Brown, ph 6.6. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.8 %, the Nitrogen 58.6 mg/kg, the Phosphorus 12.1 mg/kg & available Potassium 16.8 mg/kg is Lower in range.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Buffer Zone: The Colour of the soil was Reddish Brown, ph 6.4 7.3. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.62 % 2.3%, Nitrogen 50.4 mg/kg 60.4 mg/kg, Phosphorus 11.4 mg/kg 17.8 mg/kg & available Potassium 14.4 mg/kg 18.4 mg/kg is Lower in range,.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. By adding nitrogen, rich- biofertilizer, fertility of soil may be enhanced. Conclusion: As per the comparison of the results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015, it has been found that the fertility of the soil has increased due to increased use of fertilizers. Apart from that the quality of soil for both the seasons are reported to be same. 3.9 LAND USE Information on land use/ land cover is the basic prerequisite for land resource evaluation, environmental assessment, utilization and management. As a precursor, it is necessary to understand the cause and effect' of the transformations through scientific studies. The scope of the present study is limited to mapping the current land use / land cover pattern, their assessment, spatial distribution and extent using remote sensing and GIS techniques. The land environment will mainly deal with the land use, land cover within and buffer zone. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page132

METHODOLOGY Image processing software and GIS Software were used for the project. Image Processing Software was used for digital processing of the spatial data. Digital image processing techniques were applied for the mapping of the land use/land cover classes of the provided area from the satellite data. The methodology applied comes under following steps: Satellite imageries for the Area of Interest were created through image processing software. Geometric correction includes correction for geometric distortions due to sensor, earth geometry variations and conversion of the data to real world coordinates. Image enhancement is one of the important image processing functions primarily done to improve the appearance of the imagery to assist in visual interpretation and analysis. Google image is used as a reference map for base layer preparation. Visual interpretation technique has been used for digitization of geographical feature for different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spatial pattern of geographic feature. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS: Land use Buffer zone: The land use/ land cover map has been generated on 1:50,000 scale using Satellite Imagery and ground truth information. Based on the methodology developed for the present land use/ land cover, categories have been grouped under the following major land use/land cover categories. The land use distribution in the buffer zone of 10Km radius (from periphery) is given in the table given ahead. S No. Category Area in SQ Km Area In Ha Percentage 1 Barren Land 4.68 468.04 1.40 2 Built-up, Mining 6.76 676.00 2.02 3 Built-up, Rural 1.65 164.73 0.49 4 Forest, Deciduous 214.18 21418.30 64.15 5 Forest, Evergreen 86.12 8611.75 25.79 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page133

6 Forest, Scrub Forest 0.94 94.31 0.28 7 Scrub Land 16.98 1697.89 5.09 8 Water Bodies, River/Canal 2.56 255.81 0.77 Total 333.87 33386.84 100.00 Built-up: Built-up land includes the urban or rural settlements. The village locations and their area extent have been extracted from the existing Satellite Imagery. The major built-up area is about 840.73 hectares which is 2.52 percent of the total 10 km radius study area. Forest: Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth the land use is mainly forest land. The total forest area is about 30124.36 hectares which is 90.23 percent of the total study area. Waste/ Barren land: Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth Waste/ Barren land their area extent has been extracted. The Barren land area is about 2165.93 hectares which is 6.49 percent of the total 10 km radius study area. Water Bodies: Based on Satellite Imagery and ground truth Water bodies their area extent has been extracted. This area is about 255.81 hectares which is 0.77 percent of the total 10 km radius study area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page134

Land Use Breakup of Study Area 0.77% 0.28% 5.09% 1.40% 2.02% 0.49% Barren Land 25.79% Builtup, Mining 64.15% Builtup, Rural Forest, Deciduous Forest, Evergreen Figure 3-7 Land use Map of 10 Km Buffer Zone Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page135

3.10 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY Ecological study has been made to know the forest types, flora and faunal composition of the study area which were computed and compared with the satellite and information from other sources like BSI, ZSI, relevant forest department (Wildlife Department) and local NGO s. Subsequently through extensive field survey, forest types, flora and faunal composition of the study areas were computed and compared with the satellite and other information. The various ecosystems, vegetation, communities, faunal habitats prevalent in the study area were identified though Quadrant method with Random Sampling Technique was adopted to know distribution pattern of the plant species and faunal characteristics both in core and buffer zone. All the plant species in a quadrant of 10 x 10 size at an interval of 500 mtr from the core of the mine in all four directions were recorded. A line transect was laid for entire area of 10 Km to divide 500 mtr segments. Thus randomly distributed quadrants were laid for ecological assessment. The detailed species characteristics like frequency, abundance & density were computed. Frequency: The frequency of individual species is the number of times the species occurs in the sampling quadrant. It is actually represented as a percentage calculated as follows: No. of quadrants in which the species occurred Frequency = X 100 Total no. of quadrants studied It reflects the probability of encountering the species within the sampled area. Density: Density is the measure of dense in the distribution of an individual species within a given area Density of a species is defined as the average number of the species per quadrant and calculated as follows: Total no. of individuals of the species Density = Abundance: Total no. of quadrants used in sampling It reflects how evenly one species is distributed within the sampling area. Abundance of a species is defined as the number of individuals per quadrant and calculated as follows: Abundance = Total no. of individual of the species No. of quadrants in which the species occurred Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page136

In faunal studies, attempts were made for abundance computation by census techniques. Observation on feeding, breeding and nesting habitats on selected animals were attempted. Evidence of migratory routes was also investigated. Recording of rare and endangered plant and animal species were also made. The detailed floristic composition of entire area under study is given in subsequent sections. The floral pattern in the study area has been studied in detail. The project area is covered by forest having moderate density of tree growth predominated by scanty shrubs and bushes. Most of them are dry deciduous type. Mainly the regional flora and fauna is found in the study area. The local species are proposed to plant during afforestation. So biodiversity of the area due to the project shall be maintained. There are reserved forests within the study area. The study area does not contain any eco-sensitive zone like National park. ECOLOGICAL PATTERN The project site (core zone) as well the buffer zone area was surveyed to assess the ecological status. 3.10.1 FLORA IN CORE ZONE Core zone has scanty vegetation with few trees of Terminalia catappa, Toona ciliata, Artocarpus heterophyllus sps.phyto sociological analysis is given below. Phyto-sociological analysis of emergent tree, small tree & shrubs, herbs and juvenile tree species of mine lease area are given below in table3.22. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page137

Phyto-sociological analysis of trees:- Table 3-20Phyto-sociological analysis of trees Name of Species Density % frequency RD R dom RF IVI Terminalia catappa 1.5 60 19 18.518 24 61.037 Musa paradisiaca 1.0 50 11 10.989 17 38.645 Syzygium cumini 0.5 30 5.5 5.494 10 20.989 Artocarpus heterophyllus 0.9 40 9.9 9.890 13 33.114 Toona ciliate 2.3 60 25 25.74 20 70.549 (R.D-Relative Density, R dom- Relative Dominance, RF- Relative Frequency, IVI-Important Value Index) Phyto-sociological analysis of shrubs, herbs and juvenile trees:- Name of Species Density % frequency RD R dom RF IVI Aroides sp. 1.2 50 5.9 5.911 7.5 19.285 Arundina graminifolia 1.4 70 6.9 6.897 10 24.240 Baliospermum montanum 0.8 50 3.9 3.941 7.5 15.344 Bidens biternata 2.8 60 14 13.793 9 36.541 Bidens pilosa 1.2 40 5.9 5.911 6 17.792 Leea indica 0.6 30 3 2.956 4.5 10.388 Leea sp. 2.4 60 12 11.823 9 32.600 Mimosa himalayana 3.2 100 16 15.764 15 46.452 Morinda angustifolia 1.8 60 8.9 8.867 9 26.689 Salamona sp. 0.6 20 3 2.956 3 8.896 Saurauia sp. 2.3 60 11 11.330 9 31.615 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page138

Clerodendrum viscosum 0.3 20 1.5 1.478 3 5.940 Eupatorium odoratum 1.7 50 8.4 8.374 7.5 24.211 The number of shrubs, shrubby climbers and tree saplings together was total of 13 species found. The mining lease area was dominated by mainly some shrubs and weedy species. The density values for different species of shrubs varied from 3.2 to 0.3. Maximum density value shows in Mimosa himalayana followed by Bidens biternata and Saurauia sp. The IVI valuerecorded the highest in Mimosa himalayana (46.45) and least in case of Clerodendrum viscosum (5.94). The stand density in the case of herbaceous species like Saurauia sp was maximum. This area was also dominated by species which can survive in dry and harsh condition. 3.10.2 FAUNA IN CORE ZONE During study period only birds and few mammals, were seen, however as per the discussion with local people fauna found in core zone are given below: Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Cannomys badius badius Bamboo Rat Schedule V Callosciurus erythraeus erythraeus Squirrel US Crocidura attenuata rubricosa Grey Shrew US Herpestes edwardsii Indian Grey Mongoose Schedule II Mus booduga Field Rat Schedule V Rattus rattus brunneusculus Black Rat Schedule V Suncus murinus griffith House Shrew US Birds Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Acridotheres tristis tristis Indian Myna IV Bubo flavipes Tawny Fish Owl US Scolopax rusticola rusticola Wood Cock US Alcedinidae Kingfisher Schedule IV Reptiles Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard US Chameleon sp. Chameleon Schedule II Part I 3.10.3 FLORA IN BUFFER ZONE The vegetation of the buffer zone is broadly classified as tropical evergreen forest with elements from tropical moist deciduous and subtropical forest vegetation. Forest in buffer zone is NarpuhReserveForest (10 Km, SE). The forests within 10 km radius have three distinct strata, viz., (i) Upper canopy layer with dominance of emergent trees, (ii) Subcanopy layer with dominance of small trees and pole size trees, and (iii) Undercanopy layer Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page139

with dominance of shrubs, herbs and juvenile trees. The details of species available are given below: Details of Species available Table 3-21LIST OF FLORA SPECIES List of plants found nearby Township List of plants found in Lumshong Umlong sector Trees Trees Albizia lucida Actinodaphne obovata Bauhinia purpurea Ailanthes grandis Bridellia sp. Aralia armata Callicarpa arborea Ardisia nerifolia Citrus sp. Bambusa tulda Ficus elmeri Bauhinia purpurea Litsea sp. Bischofia javanica Herbs/Shrubs Caryota urens Ageratum conyzoides Castanopsis tribuloides Bidens pilosa Cinnamomum obtusifolium Clerodendrum viscosum Citrus sp. Eupatorium odoratum Elaeocarpus sp. Fagopteris auriculata Exbucklandia populnea Hedychium sp. Ficus sp. Maesa indica Litsea citrita Malastoma malabathricum Lirsea sebifera Oxalis corniculata Litsea salacifolia Polygonum chinense Litsea sp. Rhynchotecum ellipticum Macranga denticulate Solanum torvum Macropanax disperma Thysanolaena maxima Persea sp. Trevesia palmate Pithecellobium sp. Triumfetta pilosa Quercus lancifolia Urena lobata Quercus spicata sapium baccatum Climber & epiphyte Trees Ficus sp. Sarcosperma griffithii Hoya sp. Shima sp. Mikania macrantha Syzygium sp. Porana paniculata Trema orientalis Raphidophora decursiva Vitex sp. Travesia palmate List of Shrubs/Herbs found in Lumshong Umlong sector Ageratum conyzoides Climber/Epiphyte Ardisia nerifolia Aeschynanthus sp. Bidens biternata Agapetes sp. Boehmeria glomerulifera Asplenium nidus Calamus leptospadix Byttneria aspera Carax cruciata Calamus leptospadix Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page140

Clerodendrum sp. Commelina sp. Crassocephalum creepidioides Cyathula prostrate Eupatorium odoratum Forrestia sp. Hedychium sp. Leea sp. Maesa sp. Morinda angustifolia Musa sp. Osbeckia sp. Pinanga gracilis Polygonum chinense Rungia sp. Tabernaemontana divericata Thysanolaena maxima Rungia sp. Lygodium flexuosum Miicrosorum sp. Mikenia macrantha Scefflera venulosa Smilex sp. Thunbergia grandiflora List of plants found in Lumshnong - Tongseng sector Trees Ailanthes grandis Albizia sp. Anthocephalus chinense Bauhinia purpurea Callicarpa arborea Cinnamomum bezolghota Cyathea sp. Cynometra polyandra Dalbergia sp. Dendrocalamus hamiltonii Duabanga grandiflora Elaeocarpus aristatus Elaeocarpus sp. Englegardtia spicata Ficus sp. Gmelina arborea Grewia sp. Herbs/Shrubs Ageratum conyzoides Alpinia sp. Amaranthus sp. Aroides sp. Arundina graminifolia Begonia sp. Blachnum sp. Boehmeria sp. Carax cruciata Chenopodium sp. Clerodendron colebrookianum Clerodendron viscosum Coffea sp. Coleus sp. Dracena sp. Elatostema sp. Erigeron Canadensis Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page141

Hevea brasiliensis Hibiscus macrophyllus Hydnocarpus kurzii Magnolia hodgsonii Mallotus tetracoccus Oroxylum indicum Pandanus sp. Premna milleflora Prunus acuminate Pterospermum acerifolium Pterospermum lancifolium Sapium baccatum Saurauia sp. Spondius pinnata Streospermum chelenoides Terminalia bellerica Terminalia myriocarpa Tetrameles nudiflora Toona sp. Villebrunea frutescens Xerospermum sp. Eupatorium odoratum Fagopteris auriculata Ferns sp. Leea indica Leea sp. Licuala peltata Luduwigia octovalis Mimosa himalayana Musa sp. Osbekia crenata Oxyspora sp. Phrynium capitata Phrynium pubenervae Polygonum chinense Pteris sp. Saccharum spontaneum Salamona sp. Saurauia sp. Scoperia dulcis Sellaginella sp. Solanum torvum Thysanolaena maxima Climbers /Epiphyte Asplenium nidus Dendrobium sp. Dioscorea sp. Gnetum scandens Hedyotis scandens Luisea sp. Lygodium flexuosum Melocalamus compectiflorus Mikania macrantha Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page142

Neohouzia helferii Paederia scandens Raphidophora decursiva Thunbergia grandiflora List of plants found in Tongseng Sonapur sector Trees Albizia sp. Anthocephalus chinense Bauhinia purpurea Callicarpa arborea Cyathea sp. Dalbergia sp. Dendrocalamus hamiltonii Duabanga grandiflora Elaeocarpus sp. Englegardtia spicata Ficus sp. Gmelina arborea Grewia sp. Hibiscus macrophyllus Hydnocarpus kurzii Mallotus tetracoccus Oroxylum indicum Pandanus sp. Prunus acuminate Pterospermum acerifolium Sapium baccatum Saurauia sp. Streospermum chelenoides Terminalia bellerica Terminalia myriocarpa Herbs/Shrubs Ageratum conyzoides Alpinia sp. Amaranthus sp. Aroides sp. Begonia sp. Blachnum sp. Boehmeria sp. Chenopodium sp. Clerodendron viscosum Coffea sp. Coleus sp. Elatostema sp. Erigeron Canadensis Eupatorium odoratum Fagopteris auriculata Ferns sp. Leea sp. Licuala peltata Luduwigia octovalis Musa sp. Osbekia sp. Oxyspora sp. Phrynium pubenervae Polygonum chinense Pteris sp. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page143

Tetrameles nudiflora Toona ciliate Villebrunea frutescens Xerospermum sp. Saccharum spontaneum Salamona sp. Saurauia sp. Sellaginella sp. Solanum torvum Climbers /Epiphyte Asplenium nidus Thysanolaena maxima Dendrobium sp. Dioscorea sp. Lygodium flexuosum Melocalamus compectiflorus Mikania macrantha Raphidophora decursiva Thunbergia grandiflora List of plants found in Lumshnong Umlunar sector Trees Ailanthes grandis Albizia sp. Anthocephalus chinense Bauhinia purpurea Cinnamomum bezolghota Cyathea sp. Dalbergia sp. Dendrocalamus hamiltonii Duabanga grandiflora Elaeocarpus aristatus Englegardtia spicata Ficus sp. Grewia sp. Hydnocarpus kurzii Mallotus tetracoccus Herbs/Shrubs Ageratum conyzoides Alpinia sp. Aroides sp. Begonia sp. Boehmeria sp. Carax cruciata Chenopodium sp. Clerodendron colebrookianum Coffea sp. Elatostema sp. Erigeron Canadensis Eupatorium odoratum Fagopteris auriculata Ferns sp. Leea indica Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page144

Pandanus sp. Sapium baccatum Saurauia sp. Spondius pinnata Tetrameles nudiflora Toona ciliate Villebrunea frutescens Climbers /Epiphyte Asplenium nidus Dendrobium sp. Melocalamus compectiflorus Mikania macrantha Nepenthes khasiana Raphidophora decursiva Luduwigia octovalis Mimosa himalayana Musa sp. Osbekia sp. Phrynium capitata Phrynium pubenervae Polygonum chinense Pteris sp. Saccharum spontaneum Salamona sp. Sellaginella sp. Solanum torvum Thysanolaena maxima Agricultural Crops The principal crop of the area is paddy. At some areas maize, rabi and other pulses are cultivated. Some of the agricultural crops are as follows: Brassica nigra, Capsicum frutescens, Cucumis sativus, Oryza sativa, Phaseolus vulgaris, Raphanus sativus, Zea mays Commercial Crops The commercial crops in the area are: Citrus aurantium, Hevea brasiliensis, Thysanolaena maxima. Plantation Some of the species normally planted here are: Litsea citrata, Populus glambelei, Terminalia myriocarpa Grasslands Mimosa himalayana, Osbekia sp., Oxyspora sp., Saccharum spontaneum, Salamona sp., Selaginella sp., Solanum torvum NTFP Species including Ornamentals Aroides sp., Begonia sp., Calamus, Phrynium capitatum, Phrynium pubinerve Rhaphidophora decursiva Endangered Species Arundina graminifolia, Cyathea spinulosa, Dendrobium sp, Gnetum scandens, Nepenthes khasiana Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page145

Endemic Species Nepenthes khasiana FAUNA: Buffer Zone: The following species of fauna found in the buffer zone of the plant area Table 3.24 Table 3-22List of Fauna List of Vertebrates Mammals Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Arctonyx collaris Hog Badger Schedule I Part I Cannomys badius badius Bamboo Rat Schedule V Callosciurus erythraeus erythraeus Squirrel US Crocidura attenuata rubricosa Grey Shrew US Felis bengalensis Leopard Cat Schedule I Part I Herpestes edwardsii Indian Grey Mongoose Schedule II Lutra lutra monticola Otter US Mus booduga Field Rat Schedule V Mus musculus House Mouse Schedule V Niviventer fulvescens fulvescens White bellied Rat Schedule V Rattus nitidus nitidus Himalayan Rat Schedule V Rattus rattus House Rat Schedule V Rattus rattus brunneusculus Black Rat Schedule V Rhinolophus affinis himalayanus Intermediate Horse Shoe Bat US Rhinolophus pearsoni Pearson s Horse Shoe Bat US Scotomanes ornatus ornatus Harlequin Horse Shoe Bat US Suncus murinus Griffith House Shrew US Birds Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page146

Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Acridotheres tristis tristis Indian Myna IV Bambusicola fytchii hokinsoni Assam Bamboo Patridge Schedule I Part III Bubo flavipes Tawny Fish Owl US Milvus migrans lineatus Large Indian Kite US Motacilla indica Forest Wagtail US Scolopax rusticola rusticola Wood Cock US Alcedinidae Kingfisher Schedule IV Reptiles Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard US Colliophis macclellandi Coral Snake IV Chrysopelea ornate US Natrix pscicolor Water Snake US Chameleon sp. Chameleon Schedule II Part I Amphibians Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Amolops afghanus Bufoides meghalayana Microphyla ornate US US US Rana danieli Frog US Rana livida Frog US Rhacophorus maximus US Fishes Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page147

Zoological Name Khasi Name Schedule Status Brachydanio rerio Shalynnai US Danio aequipinnatus Shalynnai US Danio dangila Shalynnai US Labeo dera Kha bah US Labeo rohita Kha bah US Puntius shalynius Shalynnai US List of Invertebrate species found in the area Group/Species of Invertebrates Common Name Schedule Status Acari Malaconothrus sp. Scheloribates parvus Paralamellobates bengalensis US US US Annelida: Oligochaeta Drawidia sp. Earthworm US Arthropoda: Crustacea Macrobrachium assamensis Shrimp US Arthropoda: Lepidoptera Arneta atkinsoni Eurema brigitta rubella Halpe kumara Matapa druna US US US US Arthropoda: Insecta Plecoptera- Immature US Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page148

Trichptera- Immature Odonata- Immature Chironomidae larvae US US US Mollusca: Gastropoda Bellamya bendalensis Snail US Zooplankton: Rotifera Brachonus quadridentatus Brachonus calciflorus Filinia longiseita Lecane sp. US US US US Zooplankton: Cladocera Sida crystalline Daphnia carinata US US Zooplankton: Copepoda Arctodiaptomus keifari Heliodiaptomus sp. Mescocyclops leuckrti US US US Threatened Animal species in the Area Zoological Name Common Name Schedule Status Lutra lutra monticola Otter US List of Aquatic fauna found in river within 15 Km Fishes Brachydanio rerio Danio aequipinnatus Schedule status US US Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page149

Danio dangila Labeo dera Labeo rohita Puntius shalynius US US US US Arthropoda: Insecta Plecoptera- Immature Trichptera- Immature Odonata- Immature Chironomidae larvae US US US US Mollusca: Gastropoda Bellamya bendalensis US Zooplankton: Rotifera Brachonus quadridentatus Brachonus calciflorus Filinia longiseita Lecane sp. US US US US Zooplankton: Cladocera Sida crystalline Daphnia carinata US US Zooplankton: Copepoda Arctodiaptomus keifari Heliodiaptomus sp. Mescocyclops leuckrti US US US US- Un-scheduled animals There are three schedule I Species found in buffer zone namely : 1) Arctonyx collaris (Hog Badger) Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page150

2) Felis bengalensis bengalensis (Leopard Cat), 3) Bambusicola fytchii hokinsoni(assam Bamboo Patridge) For above mentioned Scheduled I species. Approved conservation plan is enclosed in report at annexure 10. This is not migratory path of any faunal species. AESTHETIC BEAUTY This area has got its own scenic beauty, with high hill ranges at a distance from project area on either side which have greenery look from a distance. However, this beauty by and large is not going to be affected by the proposed project activity under this proposed plan. 3.11 SOCIO ECONOMIC STUDY The proposed project is related to mining sector and EIA study has been carried out for the proposed Lumshong Limestone Mine lease in 13.58 Ha. Land located at village Lumshong in Khliehriat Tehsil of Jaintia Hills District, Meghalaya. The study area was defined as an area within 10 km radius around the proposed mining project site. Designation of impact zone is based on the EIA guidelines considering the size and operation of the project. Since this project intends to develop a mining activity, the baseline study focuses on the community around the project site. Total 19 villages comprised under the study area from tehsils i.e. Khliehriat Tehsil) of Jaintia Hills District, The latest available data has been complied to delineate the existing socio-economic scenario in study area. Information on socio-economic profile was collected from census records i.e. Primary Census Abstract CD 2011 and Village Directory CD 2001 of Jaintia hills district. As any development activity in an area has long term irreversible impact on local, sociological, cultural and economical situation, an extensive study on the existing socioeconomic status has been done to evaluate socio-economical impact of the proposed project. The proposed project is expected to bring benefits to local people in terms of poverty alleviation by generating employment. Methodology The objective of socioeconomic survey is to assess the impact of the project on the surrounding villagers or habitats.this can be of the following ways: 1. infrastructure 2. Source of water. 3. Air or water pollution 4. loss of agriculture land 5. Source of income 6. Change in life style 7. Education Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page151

8. Public health 9. Medical facilities. Method to collect socioeconomic data to assess the socio economic baseline data there should be following steps: Mapping of the study area ( 10 KM radius) on topographical map & Google map listing of human settlements as per census data ( No.of households, total literate person including male & female population, economic category composition including total worker,main worker, marginal worker) All villages in the core Zone will be surveyed. 500 meter all villages will be surveyed 500m-2Km 10% villages will be surveyed. 2-5Km 7% villages will be surveyed. 5-10 Km 5% villages will be surveyed. The household s survey will be undertaken of project affected & project influenced people. Major aspect of secondary data Number of house holds Number of total population No. of female population No of SC population No. of ST Population No.of total literate person No. of female literate No. of male literate No. of total worker No. of main worker No. of marginal worker Major aspect of primary data Prepare the list of the villages with in 10 Km radius which are being affected by the project. The house hold survey of project affected & project influenced people undertaken. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page152

Livelihood or occupation which is going to be affected by the implementation of distillery project. Questionnaire prepared shall be filled as per the details & information provided by the local residents/occupant Effect of development /project on the project influenced person was also studied. Availability & status of educational facilities, medical facilities, veterinary facilities, electric supply, Sanitation & health, Solid waste disposal, livestock, drinking water facilities, tourist places, historical monuments /wild life /bird sanctuary, temple small scale industries, like herbs collection, handicrafts, shawl making carpet weaving etc. 3.11.1 SOCIO ECONOMIC DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE Locations of villages within 10 km. radius of the core area are shown and the details socioeconomic demographic profile is presented. The statistical information is summarized below: The socio-economic profile of the area under this EIA study, i.e. 10 km radius of the project site is based on the published census report and the interpretation of satellite imageries. The demographic data presented and analyzed below are based on the 2011 census. People, predominantly belonging to Jaintia tribe inhabit the area with 5 km radius centering the proposed MiningProject speak native language. The study area i.e. within 10 km. radius centering the Project area comprises of 19 villages. Population: As per the census 2011, the following details are observed No. of Census Villages : 19 nos. Total population in the buffer zone : 8984 nos. Population density : 28 per sq.km. Sex Ratio (male/female) : 1000:967 Total number of households : 1627 Schedule caste : 11 Schedule Tribe : 98.02% Literacy rate: Male : 49.45% Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page153

Female : 49.77% Overall : 49.61% As per the census and secondary data collected it is observed that above 44% of the population working under main workers category. Socio economic survey A socioeconomic survey within the Buffer Zone was conducted by Perfact Enviro Solutios Pvt.Ltd. survey covered o4 villages in the buffer zone of, Tongseng, Brishirnot,sunapyrdi,Lumshnong. The result of the survey is summarized as below: Table 3-23Socio economic survey Parameter Micro Level village information based on Field Survey Tongseng Brishirnot sunapyrdi Lumshnong 1 Holds approximate 65 30 91 231 2 Occupation or source of income Agriculture,la bour, pvt service,pvt business Agriculture, labour, pvt service,pvt business Agriculture, labour, pvt service,pvt business 3 Population 402 165 436 1250 4 literacy Rate 38% 58.2% 28% 60% 5 Common annual income of a person% wise distribution 9000-30000 20 10 20 15 31000-50000 73 86 70 10 51000-100000 4 2 6 35 100000-150000 2 1 3 20 <150000 1 1 1 20 6 Main Crop maize,orange, chilli,brinjal 7 School Primary & middle Govt.school maize,orang e, chilli,brinjal Primary Govt.School maize,orang e, chilli,brinjal Primary Govt.School Agriculture,labour, pvt service,pvt business maize,orange, chilli,brinjal Primary & middle Govt.School 8 Hospital Nil NIL NIL Primary hospital allopathic 9 Post office Nil NIL 1 1 10 Bank Nil NIL NIL 1 11 Market Pvt Shop Pvt Shop Pvt Shop Pvt Shop Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page154

12 Electricity Yes Not available 13 Source of water Tap water,well water 14 Type of life style simple & other simple Yes Yes Well Tap water Tap water &other simple &other 15 Toilet Facilities % 60 55 65 70 16 EarthquakeFlooding Nil NIL NIL NIL 17 spring in the village Nil NIL NIL NIL 18 Transport system Pvt Transport Pvt Transport 19 Development around the village in last five years RCC Road, Drinking water supply, supply of cement bagsat low rate to local people RCC Road, Drinking water supply, supply of cement bagsat low rate to local people Pvt Transport RCC Road, Drinking water supply, supply of cement bagsat low rate to local people simple & other Pvt Transport RCC Road, Drinking water supply, supply of cement bagsat low rate to local people Concepts & Definition a. Study Area: The study area, also known as impact area has been defined as the sum total of core area and buffer area with a radius of 10 Kilometers from the periphery of the core area. The study area includes all the land marks both natural and manmade, falling therein. b. QoL: The Quality of Life (QoL) refers to degree to which a person enjoys the important possibilities of his/her life. The Possibilities result from the opportunities and limitations, each person has in his/her life and reflect the interaction of personal and environmental factors. Enjoyment has two components: the experience of satisfaction and the possession or achievement of some characteristic. c. Household: A group of persons who normally live together and take their meals from a common kitchen are called a household. Persons living in a household may be related or unrelated or a mix of both. However, if a group of related or unrelated persons live in a house but do not take their meals from the common kitchen, then they are not part of a common household. Each such person is treated as a separate household. There may be one member households, two member households or multi-member households. d. Sex Ratio: Sex ratio is the ratio of females to males in a given population. It is expressed as 'number of females per 1000 males'. e. Literates: All persons aged 7 years and above who can both read and write with understanding in any language are taken as literate. It is not necessary for a person to have received any formal education or passed any minimum educational standard Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page155

for being treated as literate. People who are blind but can read in Braille are also treated as literates. f. Literacy Rate: Literacy rate of population is defined as the percentage of literates to the total population aged 7 years and above. g. Labour Force: The labour force is the number of people employed and unemployed in a geographical entity. The size of the labour force is the sum total of persons employed and unemployed. An unemployed person is defined as a person not employed but actively seeking work. Normally, the labour force of a country consists of everyone of working age (around 14 to 16 years) and below retirement (around 65 years) that are participating workers, that is people actively employed or seeking employment. People not counted under labour force are students, retired persons, stay-at home people, people in prisons, permanently disabled persons and discouraged workers. h. Work: Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or profit. Such participation may be physical and/or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also includes effective supervision and direction of work. The work may be part time, full time, or unpaid work in a farm, family enterprise or in any other economic activity. i. Worker: All persons engaged in 'work' are defined as workers. Persons who are engaged in cultivation or milk production even solely for domestic consumption are also treated as workers. j. Main Workers: Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more in the case of a year) are termed as Main Workers. k. Marginal Workers: Those workers who did not work for the major part of the reference period (i.e. less than 6 months) are termed as Marginal Workers l. Work participation rate: The work participation rate is the ratio between the labour force and the overall size of their cohort (national population of the same age range). In the present study the work participation rate is defined as the percentage of total workers (main and marginal) to total population. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page156

Demographic Profile of the Study Area Table 3-24 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE BASED ON CENSUS DATA -2011 Sl. No. Village Name No. of House Hold Total Population Schedule Caste Schedule Tribe Literate Workers T M F T M F T M F T M F T M F 1. Nongsning 102 563 266 297 0 0 0 563 266 297 318 151 167 235 114 121 2. Mynkre 65 335 161 174 5 2 3 330 159 171 137 64 73 142 82 60 3. Chieh Ruphi 124 670 329 341 0 0 0 668 327 341 343 161 182 229 127 102 4. Musiang Lamare (New) 48 264 136 128 0 0 0 263 135 128 91 39 52 76 60 16 5. Musiang Lamare (Old) 97 638 332 306 0 0 0 636 331 305 262 126 136 194 128 66 6. Um Rasiang 42 225 113 112 0 0 0 225 113 112 68 32 36 91 53 38 7. Umrasong 33 196 108 88 0 0 0 196 108 88 115 70 45 87 49 38 8. Thang Skai 111 635 334 301 3 2 1 625 327 298 386 204 182 213 138 75 9. Wahiajer 114 602 297 305 0 0 0 600 297 303 214 98 116 247 134 113 10. Lum Shnong 367 1945 1017 928 1 1 0 1829 920 909 1170 627 543 647 441 206 11. Umlong 69 418 223 195 0 0 0 416 221 195 140 77 63 123 105 18 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page157

12. Um Latdoh 60 349 171 178 0 0 0 349 171 178 103 55 48 161 85 76 13. Umlaper 7 41 19 22 0 0 0 41 19 22 11 6 5 18 7 11 14. Brishirnot 30 165 85 80 0 0 0 163 83 80 96 56 40 83 48 35 15. Tongseng 87 486 230 256 1 1 0 480 228 252 188 79 109 129 79 50 16. Lum Tongseng 24 102 53 49 0 0 0 102 53 49 24 9 15 40 25 15 17. Suna Pyrdi 123 651 327 324 1 1 0 648 325 323 392 186 206 229 146 83 18. Lahalein 73 406 220 186 0 0 0 381 199 182 221 129 92 122 117 5 19. Shymplong 51 293 145 148 0 0 0 292 145 147 178 89 89 127 77 50 Total 1627 8984 4566 441 8 11 7 4 8807 4427 4380 4457 2258 2199 3193 2015 1178 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page158

No.HH -No. of Household M.ST -Male Schedule Tribe TOT.P - Total Population F.ST -Female Schedule Tribe TOT.M -Total Male P.LIT - Population Literate TOT.F - Total Female M.LIT - Male Literate P.SC - Population Schedule Caste F.LIT - Female Literate M.SC - Male Schedule Caste F.SC - Female Schedule Caste P.ST - Population Schedule Tribe The proposed main mine project covers 19 major village of East Janitiya hill district in the state of Meghalaya. A study was undertaken with respect to demography, occupational pattern, literacy rate and other important socio-economic indicators of these districts to reveal the socioeconomic structure of the entire project area. 3.11.2 Population The total population of study area is 8984 the percentages of male & female population are 50.8% & 49.2 % respectively. Breakup of the population for male and female is 4566 & 4418 respectively. Social Structure The Schedule Caste (SC) population within the study area to the total population is 0.1% of the total population Nearly 98.0 % households reported to belongs to schedule tribes. 3.11.3 Demographic Profile of the Study Area 18.4% of the households reported to belong Scheduled caste category. Whereas about 66.7% households reported to come from general & other backward category.nearly 14.9% households reported to belongs to schedule tribes. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 159 -

3.11.4 Literacy The total number of literate within the study area is 4457 which are 49.6% of total population. Male literacy rate of the study area is 50.7% and female literacy rate is 49.3%. 3.11.5 Occupation Pattern The occupational structure of the population in the study area has been studied with reference to the total workers and non-workers. Further total workers grouped into two categories main workers and marginal workers. Main workers have been grouped into four categories namely: Cultivators, agricultural. Total workers Work is defined as participation in any economically productive activity with or without compensation, wage. Such participation may be physical and/ or mental in nature. Work involves not only actual work but also include supervision and direction of work. It even includes part time help or unpaid work on farm, family enterprise or its economic activity. All persons engaged in work as defined above are workers. The number of total workers in the study area is 3193 which is 35.5% of total population. Total workers are further divided into main workers& marginal workers Main workers Those workers who had worked for the major part of the reference period (i.e. 6 months or more) are term main workers. Total number of main workers in the study area is 2561 which are 80.2 % of total workers and 28.5% of total population. Marginal Workers The marginal workers are those workers, who are engaged in some work for a period of less than six months, during the reference year prior to the census survey. Total number of marginal workers in study area is 612 which is approx. 19.8 % of the total workers. Cultivators A person is classified as cultivator if he or she is engaged in cultivation of land own or from government or held from private persons or institutions for payment in money, kind or share. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 160 -

Cultivation work includes effective supervision or direction in cultivation. A person who has given out her/his land to another person or institution(s) for cultivation for money, kind or share of crop and who does not even supervise or direct cultivation process is not treated as cultivator. Similarly, a person working on another person s land for wages in cash or kind or combination of both is not treated as cultivator. Total cultivators in study area are 1490 Household Worker:Persons working in others household for wages are treated as household worker.the total workers of this category are about 30 (0.9% of total workers) Non Workers: The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired persons, dependants, beggars etc. The total number of non-workers population is 5791 which are 64.4 % of the total population. Agricultural Labourers: Persons working on the land of others for wages or share in the yield have been treated as agricultural laborers. The total workers of this category are about 620. Other Workers All workers, i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during the last oneyear are other workers. The type of workers that come under this category is government servants, municipal employees, teachers, factory workers, plantation workers, those engaged in trading, transport, banking, mining, construction, political or social work, priests, entertainment artist, etc. In effect, all workers except cultivators or agricultural laborers or household industry workers are other workers. The total workers of this category are about 1051 Women have to strive hard to catch up with their male counterpart in this respect. They are presently doing households jobs for the family and some time help in agriculture and looking after the animals. Lack of female education also leaves them economically poorer than male counterparts various avenues of employment at the mine are: removal of overburden, mining and loading of building stone, stone crusher in the crusher zone, transport of mineral to the crushers and consuming centers repair and maintenance services and other allied jobs. Household size- The average house holds size-5.5. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 161 -

3.11.6 Infrastructure Resource Base The infrastructure resource base of the villages in the study area with reference to education, medical facilities, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication, approach road and power supply etc. is based on Village Directory, Census of India 2001(CD) of Jaintia Hill district is described below: Educational Facilities: Educational facility is available in 7 villages in the study area and mainly in the form of Primary and middle school. In some villages adult literacy centers are running to provide education to the illiterate adults. Medical Facilities: Two villages within the study area are having medical facilities. Good medical facilities are available in the township area of M/s CMCL and is close to the project site. Drinking water supply: All the villages in the region are having drinking water facility in the form of spring, tap water, tank water& others. Communication, Transportation, Approach Road: Post office facility available in the plant premises of CMCL and Shiehruphi and Lumshnong villages in the study area. The region is well connected with both Paved (Pucca) and Mud (Kuccha) roads. Bus facility is available in most of the villages it means local people generally not facing too much difficulty in accessing the local areas. Banking Facilities: Commercial bank facility is available in Lumshnong village. Power Supply: 6 villages are electrified in study area of the total 9 villages and it is mostly used for domestic purpose. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 162 -

Table 3-25Occupational Structure of the Study area Wahpynkon limestone Mine s Village wise occupational structure based on census data 2011 Name village of Total worke r Main worke r Main CL Mai n AL Mai n HH Mai n othe r Marg worke r Marg CL Marg AL Marg HH Marg other Nonworker s 1 Nongsning 235 231 164 0 2 65 4 0 0 0 4 328 2 Mynkre 142 44 12 11 0 21 98 1 62 2 33 193 3 Chieh Ruphi 229 111 9 8 0 94 118 55 57 0 6 441 4 5 Musiang Lamare (New) 76 73 30 39 0 4 3 0 1 0 2 188 Musiang Lamare (Old) 194 192 186 0 1 5 2 1 0 0 1 444 6 Um Rasiang 91 4 0 0 0 4 87 22 64 0 1 134 7 Umrasong 87 73 66 1 0 6 14 2 0 0 12 109 8 Thang Skai 213 193 17 16 1 159 20 1 13 1 5 422 9 Wahiajer 247 147 7 100 5 35 100 1 12 0 87 355 10 Lum Shnong 647 544 185 5 5 349 103 22 51 2 28 1298 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page163

11 Umlong 123 121 90 28 0 3 2 0 1 0 1 295 12 Um Latdoh 161 161 156 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 188 13 Umlaper 18 16 14 1 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 23 14 Brishirnot 83 21 13 2 0 6 62 1 48 6 7 82 15 Tongseng 129 123 113 0 0 10 6 4 0 0 2 357 16 Lum Tongseng 40 40 38 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 62 17 Suna Pyrdi 229 224 155 4 1 64 5 4 0 0 1 422 18 Lahalein 122 116 0 92 3 21 6 0 4 0 2 284 19 Shymplong 127 127 121 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 166 Total 3193 2561 1376 307 19 859 612 114 313 11 192 5791 Source: Primary Census Abstract CD 2011 Jaintia Hills District, MeghalayaState. C: Cultivators AL: Agricultural Labourers HW: Household Industry Workers OW: Other Workers Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page164

IV Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes There is no place of historical/archeological sites present within 5km radius around the project site. 3.12 TRAFFIC STUDY Preliminary Traffic Assessment: The estimated traffic in the proposed site is driven by the trip generated by the proposed project. The estimated traffic is then appropriately assigned on the networks to obtain the quantum of traffic that will be handled by the road network. Traffic was studied during March 2013- May 2013 and again to know the present traffic scenario, traffic study was re-conducted during May 2015. Results of both the studies are given below: PCU Values (During March 2013-May 2013) PCU values are used to covert various vehicles in to one standard vehicles. i.e. passenger car units (PCU). The PCU values used as per IRC are as given below S. NO. VEHICLE TYPE PCU VALUE 1. Car 1 2. Two Wheeler 0.5 3. Private Bus 2.2 4. Auto 1.2 5. LCV 2 6. Tractor and Trailor 5 7. Cycle Rickshaw 0.5 Table 3-26Existing Hourly Traffic Density Data (During March 2013-May 2013) Time Car/ LTV Truck Two Wheeler Others NH-44(Agartala-Shillong Road,Width-24 ft) 6.00-12.00 398 786 72 0 12.00 to 17.00 286 718 42 0 17.00 to 21.00 294 560 51 0 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 165 -

21.00 to 6.00 82 1318 38 0 Total 1060 3382 203 0 TOTAL (In 1060 7440 101 Nil PCU/hr) PCU/hr PCU/hr PCU/hr PCU Values (During May 2015) PCU values are used to covert various vehicles in to one standard vehicles. I.e. passenger car units (PCU). The PCU values used as per IRC are as given below S. NO. VEHICLE TYPE PCU VALUE 1. Car 1 2. Two Wheeler 0.5 3. Private Bus 4.5 4. Auto 1.2 5. LCV 2 6. Tractor and Trailer 5 7. Cycle Rickshaw 0.5 3.12.1 Existing Hourly Traffic Density Data in PCU (During May 2015) Road width 7 meter, 2 lane highway The traffic density for NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road) is given in Table below. Table 3-27 Existing Hourly Traffic Density Data in PCU (During May 2015) Time Car/ LTV Truck /Bus Two Wheeler Others PCU/hr 6.00-12.00 413 1786 82 0 380 12.00 to 17.00 282 1588 46 0 383 17.00 to 21.00 293 1379 51 0 431 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 166 -

21.00 to 6.00 18 2196 9 0 247 TOTAL in 24 hr 1006 6949 188 0 339 The traffic density for Approach Road is given in Table below 6.00-12.00 11 0 18 0 5 12.00 to 17.00 8 0 12 0 4 17.00 to 21.00 10 0 15 0 6 21.00 to 6.00 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL in 24 hr 29 0 45 0 3 Carrying capacity of NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road)) =1500 PCU/hr Existing traffic density at NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road) Road =339 PCU /hr Existing traffic density at Village Road = 03 PCU /hr Proposed traffic from site=12 PCU/hr Total Traffic density at NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road) = existing traffic + local road + proposed traffic at site =339+03+12 =354 PCU /hr. Hence it is concluded that since carrying capacity of NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road) is much higher than proposed traffic volume. Therefore the traffic to & form of proposed Wah Pynkon lime stone Mine (13.58 ha) Meghalaya will not create any traffic congestion. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 167 -

CHAPTER-4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 GENERAL The project activities have certain effects on various environmental domains that exist in the area. A scientific assessment of these impacts those are likely to influence the existing environmental scenario is needed. This could also facilitate in formulating a suitable environmental management plan depicting all mitigation measures. It can help in implementing the project in an eco-friendly manner. 4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS It can help in implementing the project in an eco-friendly manner. The project activities influencing the following environmental attributes have been studied and their impacts on the following attributes have been assessed. Land use pattern Air Quality Noise Quality Water Quality Soil Quality Ecological Condition Socio-Economic Condition The mining and allied activities in the proposed project area have influence on environmental attributes. These attributes include: Excavation Construction of approach and haulage road Drilling and Blasting Loading and Transportation Site preparation The magnitude of the proposed mining activity being small is not likely to create any serious impacts on the existing environmental set up of the area. However, the likely impacts of the proposed mining and allied activities on the various environmental parameters are discussed with the help of Monitoring done during March-May, 2013 and revalidated baseline study done in May,2015. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 168 -

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT/GEOLOGY: Mine lease encompasses total area of 13.58 Ha. Mining shall be mechanized. There shall be 49275 MTPA (from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) productions from this mine. The project area, which is classified as private non- forestland, has got sparse vegetation. The area is devoid of irrigation facility so agricultural yield is very less in percentage. A good number of people are depending on other jobs. The proposed land use pattern is as follows. The conceptual Landuse of the core zone is shown in Plate no.6. Table 4-1 Land use Modification Sl. No. Pattern of Utilization Planned 5 year (In ha) Conceptual Period(In ha) 1 Mining 1.12 2.57 2 Infrastructure 0.01 0.010 (Rest-shed, office, first-aid center) 3 Construction of road 0.20 0.20 4 Green belt 4.87 4.87 a. Safety zone 1.30 (7.5m around ML boundary) b. Safety barrier due to HT line 3.07 c. Additional Plantation 0.5 M Area Available 7.38 5.93 Total 13.58 4.3.1 Impact on Land/Land Use The possible impacts are given below: Impact on Land use due to mining proposed Land Degradation Soil erosion is a main concern of the area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 169 -

Runoff from Mines or Waste Dumps Effect on public buildings or monuments if any Mitigation measures To counter balance the impacts on land environment control measures have been proposed. A substantial plantation programme will be taken along the public road, safety zone, benches and mined out areas. The lease area is a gentle hill with undulations. After mining the area will be converted in the form of a pit which will be utilized for rainwater harvesting and for breeding of fish etc. Therefore, land degradation on account of mining is not likely since the lease area is barren and has scanty vegetation. The area is in hilly terrain therefore so soil erosion is a matter of concern. Therefore plantation cover will be developed to minimize soil erosion. Garland drain, check dam and retaining wall shall be provided to control the surface runoff. It would be apt to reiterate here that the mining activity is not producing waste. The Village Lumshnong has all the public buildings and it is situated at 2 Km from the lease. Therefore the mining would not reflect any affect on buildings etc. 4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT The dust generated from mining activities is the primary source of air pollution. The emission sources include excavation and mining of limestone, drilling, blasting, and transportation within the project area. 4.4.1 Impacts: Generation of suspended particulate matter during mining operations. Generation of SO 2& NOx due to fuel burning. Deterioration in ambient air quality due to project. Health impacts & deterioration of green belt in the core zone due to mining. 4.4.2 Mitigation Measures: Dust suppression will be done by sprinkling of water during mining, loading & unloading areas. Water spraying arrangement will be taken on the haul roads and other unworked areas to control fugitive emission. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 170 -

The results of the core and buffer zone show that the results of baseline study done from March- May 2013 and May 2015 of PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NO X & CO are within the limit of NAAQ standards for Industrial Area. Major sources of air pollution are the transportation system, drilling, blasting and use of heavy machinery. To check emission problem regular maintenance of vehicles will be done and PUC certificate will be obtained for all vehicles and mining machinery. An appropriate plantation/afforestation programme has been designed to create a screen/wind breaker Distribution of protective gears shall be done such as dust mask, goggles & ear muffs etc. provided to the workers engaged at dust generation points like excavations and loading points. Overloading will be prevented. The trucks/tippers will be covered by tarpaulin. 4.4.3 Air Dispersion Modeling for Impact Prediction Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out taking into consideration the proposed production and increase in emissions. This project proposal is for production of 49275 MTPA(from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) of Limestone with mechanized method of mining including drilling and blasting. The prediction of impacts helps to identify and implement environmental management plan during and after the execution of the developmental mining activity to minimize the deterioration of environmental quality. The mathematical models attempt to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of the environment, viz air, noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic. There are also various scientific techniques/ methodologies available to predict the environmental impacts quantitatively as well as qualitatively. The mathematical models used include steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple applications for air quality. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 171 -

Impact on Air Environment & Mitigation Measures (Dispersion report attached at Annexure-10) Impacts on Air Quality The primary air pollutant of concern at mining site is particulate matter. A variety of mining operations emit particulate, usually as fugitive dust. Extent of Dispersion of Particulate Matter without Control Measures:Below is the Dispersion model showing extent of particulate matter when no mitigation measure has been taken. 4.4.4 Impact Prediction without Using Control Measures: On applying the input data in the software for Air Dispersion AERMOD the output gives the following result are given below: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 172 -

Location Core Zone Background Concentration PM 10 (g/m 3 ) Predicted Incremental Concentration PM 10 (g/m 3 ) without control measures Post Project Air Quality PM 10 without control measures (g/m 3 ) NAAQS (g/m 3 ) Lease area 38.6 65.4 104 100 Lease area 36.9 50.9 87.8 100 Buffer Zone Tongseng 1.02 38.42 100 37.4 Village Umlaper Village 37.4 0.20 37.6 100 Umlong Village 36.5 0.63 37.13 100 Lumshnong 0.08 38.48 100 38.4 Village CMCL Plant 36.3 0.46 36.76 100 Hill Area 36.8 0.29 37.09 100 4.4.5 Mitigation Measures: Only source of pollution during mining will be excavation through mechanized means. The air pollution sources are the drilling, blasting & road transport network of the trucks. Following mitigation measures will be adopted: Water sprinkling will be done regularly on the haul roads. This will reduce dust emission. To check/reduce the impact of dust, plantation will be done. Speed limits will be enforced to reduce airborne fugitive dust from vehicular traffic. Spillage from the trucks will be prevented by covering tarpaulin over the trucks. Deploying PUC certified vehicles to reduce their emissions. Monitoring to ensure compliance with emission limits would be carried out during operation. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 173 -

Impact Prediction with Using Control Measures: Location Core Zone Background Concentration PM10 (g/m3) Predicted Incremental Concentration PM10 (g/m3) with control measures Post Project Air Quality PM10 with control measures (g/m3) NAAQS (g/m3) Lease area 38.6 3.21 41.81 100 Lease area 36.9 8.32 45.22 100 Buffer Zone Tongseng Village 37.4 0.14 37.54 100 Umlaper Village 37.4 0.16 37.56 100 Umlong Village 36.5 0.20 36.7 100 Lumshnong Village 38.4 0.01 38.41 100 CMCL Plant 36.3 0.33 36.63 100 Hill Area 36.8 0.17 36.97 100 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 174 -

4.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT Water is one of the most precious resources on the earth. The applied area does not have any perennial nala. The source of water in the project area is from the cement plant situated at about 3.2 Km from the mining lease. More over due to small scale mining operation as well as by fully mechanized method of mining using minimum machineries, dust suppression is by water spraying through water sprinkler limited to haulage road. Rainwater flowing through the exposed mine cuts would carry some sediment of soil and rock. These are found to be non-toxic in nature. Surface runoff water from mines has only high turbidity during monsoon. As discussed, the mining activity will require very less quantity of water in comparison to the recharging. Hence, it will not affect the water regime of the area. Quarry water shall be treated before releasing to natural drainage system. 4.5.1 Hydrogeology/Ground water: The annual ground water recharge will be 3.26 Ham. The hydro-geology of the area would not get disturbed as the ground water table of the area is at 195m mrl (in summer) and 200m mrl (in rainy season).the highest and lowest altitude of the M.L area is observed to be at 387mRL and 273 mrl. The ultimate working depth is as per conceptual plan is 265 mrl. Hence there will be no impact due to ground water in the M.L area. Rain water collected into the pit will be used for sprinkling and after mining pit shall be converted into a water reservoir. During mining approx. 6 KLD of water shall be required for mining and allied activities. For dust suppression and green belt development 8KLD water will be required. 1KLD will be used for drinking and domestic purposes. Total Water requirement of 15 KLD shall be fulfilled through Cement Plant; Rainwater collected shall also be used for sprinkling and green belt development.ground Water Profile is shown at plate no.7 and geo-hydrological study report is attached at Annexure-8 4.5.2 Impact on surrounding water bodies: Any obstruction to the Lubha river course Runoff from themine during rainy season. Deterioration of water quality-results of March- May, 2013. The ph of water varies from ph- 7.1-7.4. Other parameters T.D.S (185-285 mg/l),sulphate (6.0 10.9 mg/l), Chloride (11.4-22 mg/l), Calcium (3.1-16.5 mg/l) and Magnesium (3.3-75 mg/l) are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 175 -

From results or monitoring May 2015 sampling, ph of water varies from ph- 5.9-7.8. Other parameters T.D.S 25-210 mg/l,sulphate 1.0-27.1 mg/l, Chloride 6.1-32.1 mg/l, Calcium 2-40 mg/l and Magnesium 0.9-6.0 mg/l are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. BOD varies from 2.2-7.1mg/l and DO varies from 4.3-6.5 mg/l. Mixing of domestic waste water due to the project with the surface water body such as drains or rivers. 4.5.3 Mitigation Measures: The water quality results are nearly same for March- May, 2013 and May 2015. Values for few water quality parameters ie TDS, SO 4, Cl, Ca. Mg have increased due to anthropogenic activities. Although all the values are within the standards limit. Mining will not impose any effect on Lubha River because it is 3.15Km SE from The lease boundary. Also there will be no drawl of water from the nearby nalla. Water will be sourced from Company s Plant and water collected during rains shall be used for dust suppression and plantation. The proposed project will have no effect on surface water quality as the results show that the water quality is within permissible limits of the standards laid down as per IS: 10500. However, there will be no wastewater generation except for sanitary wastewater, which will be treated in septic tank followed by soak pit. Hence there will not be any impact on surrounding water bodies. A retaining wall/stone pitching will be done at the top soil dump so that there will be no runoff from the dump.the garland drain 2m wide X 1.5m deep will be dug and a series of settling tanks beyond the retaining wall to hold dump wash off if any, coming out of the retaining wall and to allow clear water to drain off. Measures for conservation of water: Rain water will be regulated through bunds and garland drains along the ML boundary to nearby seasonal stream in the northern boundary of the lease area. The run off rain water from the pit will be regulated to a settling tank before releasing to the stream. Due to joints, cracks, cavities etc in the deposit the rain water in the pit mostly will tend to percolate down as is observed in the mines in the area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 176 -

4.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The proposed mining will be open cast mostly mechanized working. In this open cast Mechanized mining the various sources of noise in the area are attributable mainly due to drilling, blasting, operation of compressor, loading and haulage, operation of diesel pump and vehicular traffic. 4.6.1 Impact: The impact of noise will be restricted in the working area only. The main sources of noise in the mine are classified as follows: Ambient Noise Quality:Results of March- May, 2013Core Zone: The ambient noise level at the proposed project site was observed 54.6 db (A) to 54.80 db (A), which is within the standard of Industrial area are ~ 75 db (A). During night the noise level at the project site was observed to be 41.4 db (A) to 41.6 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 70.0 db (A). Buffer Zone: The ambient noise level of nearby areas which was observed 52.6 db (A) to 56.0 db (A), which is within the standard of residential area are ~ 55 db (A). During night the noise level nearby areas was observed to be 38.9 db (A) to 42.4 db (A), which is within the nighttime noise standards of 45.0 db (A) of residential standards. During Monitoring in May 2015, Noise level at CMCL plant (N4) during day was 58.0 db (A) and during night was 43.9 db (A), which shows the results were within industrial areas &ambient noise standards. Noise generation due to Mining Equipment (Drilling,Blasting, Excavators ) Noise generation due to Transportation (Dumpers, Trucks, Tippers & other vehicles) The level of limestone production, being very small, and the operation will be limited to one shift of eight hours duration in a day. The various sources of noise mentioned above shall only be periodical and is limited to a fixed period of operation only. In addition to this, the transportation of limestone might cause a little effect on the noise level. The noise level result due to such operations in the active working zones in the area do not indicate any serious concern as it is well below in prescribed standard limit. Health Hazards by Different Noise Level Sl.No. db(a) Effects 01 20 No sound perceived Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 177 -

02 25 Hearing threshold 03 35 Slight sleep interference 04 50 Moderate sleep interference 05 55 Annoyance (mild) 06 60 Normal speech level 07 70 Smooth muscles/glands react 08 75 Changed mortor coordination 09 80 Moderate hearing damage 10 85 Very annoying 11 90 Affect mental and mortor behavior 12 95 Severe Hearing Damage 13 100 Awaken Everyone 14 115 Maximum Vocal Effort 15 125 Pain Threshold 16 130 Limit Amplified Speech 17 135 Very painful 18 140 Potential of hearing loss high To mitigate any adverse impact regular maintenance of vehicle & machineries shall be carried out. 4.6.2 Mitigation measures The results of March 2013- May 2013 and May 2015, it has been found that the noise level at all the stations has slightly increased due to the increased vehicular activities and mining activities in the nearby areas. Although the noise values for both the seasons are within the Residential and Industrial standards of Noise. Regular maintenance of all equipment will be strictly adhered to. Generator set will be used during power cuts and they shall have acoustic enclosures. Trees will be planted between mine area and habitation for providing screening effect Imposition of speed limit on heavy earth moving machineries near residential areas. Trucks drivers will be instructed to make minimum use of horns near the residential area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 178 -

Noise generated by these equipments by these equipments shall be intermittent and does not cause much adverse impact. Personnel who are likely to exposed to noise levels beyond stipulated limits shall be provided with protective gears like ear plugs etc and regularly rotated. Blasting may be avoided at the time when strong surface winds blowing towards inhabited area. 4.7 IMPACT ON SOIL QUALITY: As already discussed the land is barren and the soil is low in fertility. Therefore mining operation and allied activities will not pollute the soil. However precautionary measures will be taken. The soil quality of the core & Buffer one is discussed below: Results of March- May, 2013: Core Zone:The Colour was Reddish Brown, ph 6.4. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.89 %, the Nitrogen 11.1 mg/kg, the Phosphorus (10.2 mg/kg) & available Potassium (10.2 mg/kg) is Lower in range, Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Buffer Zone: The Colour was Reddish Brown, ph 6.3 7.1. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic Carbon 0.34 % 1.38%, Nitrogen 13.3 mg/kg 19.2 mg/kg, Phosphorus (9.5 mg/kg 15.1 mg/kg) & available Potassium (13.2 mg/kg 16.1 mg/kg) is Lower in range.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Results of May, 2015: Core Zone: The Colour of the soil was Reddish Brown, ph 6.6. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 1.8 %, the Nitrogen 58.6 mg/kg, the Phosphorus 12.1 mg/kg &available Potassium 16.8 mg/kg is Lower in range.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Buffer Zone: The Colour of the soil was Reddish Brown, ph 6.4 7.3. Amount of primary nutrients like Organic matter 0.62 % 2.3%, Nitrogen 50.4 mg/kg 60.4 mg/kg, Phosphorus 11.4 mg/kg 17.8 mg/kg & available Potassium 14.4 mg/kg 18.4 mg/kg is Lower in range.primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, Potassium. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 179 -

4.7.1 Mitigation Measures: Plantation shall be done on the upper benches and the boundary of the lease to restore soil fertility and develop green belt in the area. Limestone spillage will be avoided. There shall toe any waste generated by bunding it. 4.8 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: It has already been mentioned that there will be no waste generation during the mining process. To avoid surface runoff garland drain 2m wide X 1.5m deep will be dug and a series of settling tanks beyond the retaining wall to hold dump wash off if any, coming out of the retaining wall and to allow clear water to drain off. 4.8.1 Impact: Impact of runoff from, top soil, on water bodies (siltation, contamination etc) shall be negligible. Impact on surrounding agricultural land shall be negligible. Impact on groundwater quality due to leachate shall be negligible. Impact of hazardous wastes and liquids Over Burden & top soil generation Generation of hazardous waste. Contamination of soil due to mixing of mineral 4.8.2 Mitigation: There will be no OB generation during mining. No loss of vegetation and wildlife habitat is anticipated. There shall be no effect on ground water quality due to mining as retaining wall/ stone pitching will be done at the toe of the waste dump so that there will no wash off from the dump. Used oil / waste oil shall be sold only to the registered recycler. There is no toxic element present in the mineral which may contaminate the soil. 4.9 TRANSPORTATION: There will be daily production of 160MT which will be carried out by 10 tonner trucks. Total no. of tippers used will be 3 and each truck will make approximately 22trips/day. However this vehicle will ply in the road between plant and mines. This transportation will partly utilize the existing Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 180 -

public road. Steps will be taken care by providing peripheral development money to district authority and help the govt. agencies for road repairing Traffic Management: Details of traffic due to mining project: Total Capacity of Mine Number of Working Days Truck Capacity Number of Trucks Deployed Working Hours per day : 49275 MTPA(from 6 th year 60, 000 MT as per mining plan) : 300 Days : 10 Tonne : 3 Trucks : 8 Hours The traffic on road is NH-44 (Agartala-Shillong Road, Width- 7m two lane). The peak hours of traffic is observed during 6AM to 12PM and 21 PM to 6 AM. Existing Traffic Density: Carrying capacity of NH-44 is 1500 PCU/hr. Total existing hourly traffic density is 339PCU/hr. Proposed Traffic Density per hour: Proposed traffic from site=12 PCU/hr Total Traffic density at NH - 44 (Agartala to Shillong Road) = existing traffic + local road + proposed traffic at site =339+03+12 =354 PCU /hr. Proposed LOS= 354/1500=0.23. The level of service due to proposed capacity will be A (source: NPTEL May 3, 2007) Level of service is based on the measure of effectiveness or (MOE). Typically three parameters are used under this and they are speed and travel time, density, and delay. One of the important measures of service quality is the amount of time spent in travel. Therefore, speed and travel time are considered to be more effective in defining LOS of a facility. Level A represents that drivers will be having the complete freedom to choose their desired speed. Even at maximum density, for this LOS the average spacing between vehicles is 167 m. Lane changes within the traffic stream, as well as merging and diverging movements, are made relatively easy. The effect of minor incidents and point breakdowns are easily aborted at this level. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 181 -

However to regulate the traffic Sign boards shall be displayed for safety purposes during mineral transportation. The proposed increase in traffic density will not cause significant impact on the traffic since the connecting road and nearby State Highway is capable of handling this increase in traffic density. The trucks will be properly covered with tarpaulin and overloading will not be allowed to avoid spillage on roads. Haul roads will be sprinkled with water to keep the dust suppressed. A supervisor will be appointed to regulate the traffic movement near the site. Speed breakers will be constructed accident prone areas to calm the traffic and its speed. Awareness campaign among dumper /truck drivers will be generated for clearance of road and lower down the pollution load due to transportation. 4.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT: 4.10.1 Impact on flora Mining can affect vegetation in the core zone. The mining activity will generate dust which may impact the vegetation and crops. 4.10.2 Mitigation Measures: Mining will not affect flora in core and buffer zone because majority of landscape in the core zone is devoid of significant vegetation. Core zone has scanty vegetation with few trees of Terminalia catappa, Toona ciliate, Artocarpus heterophyllus sps. In buffer zone there is good vegetation such as Albizia lucida, Albizia sp. Mining will be limited to the core zone. Therefore the flora and fauna will thrive in the buffer zone. Raw material will be transported to captive cement plant at 3 km. So vehicular dust will be confined to 3 kms only. The mined out area will be closed progressively along with rehabilitation of the land for the gainful use by turning it into a water reservoir. Plantation will be done 160trees per year as per approved mining plan. Thus it is expected that the natural vegetation in the area will not be affected. No forest area diversion is required in the proposed mining. There will be no cutting of trees during mining as the area is devoid of trees will be done. Asite reclamation plan will be developed that will addresses both interim and final reclamation requirements and that identifies vegetation, soil stabilization, and erosion reduction measures. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 182 -

4.10.3 Impact on Fauna Noise from mining equipments, blasting, transportation, changes in land use may affect the migration of avifauna. Effect on eco-sensitive areas like National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves or Tiger Reserves. Mining may drive away the wild life from their habitat, and significantly affect wildlife. 4.10.4 Mitigation Measures: In core zone the land is barren, there is no vegetation and the mining activity will be carried out in that area. Hence, no impact on flora is envisaged. There is a Narpuh Wild Life Sanctuary at 3.2 Km SE from the lease boundary. There a major faunal diversity is observed. As per baseline study shows Sc-I & II fauna is found in buffer zone namely: There are three schedule I Species found in buffer zone namely: a. Arctonyx collaris (Hog Badger) b. Felis bengalensis bengalensis (Leopard Cat), c. Bambusicola fytchii hokinsoni(assam Bamboo Patridge) Approved conservation plan is enclosed along with EIA/EMP report. To protect the fauna protective measures for reclamation and green belt development will be done. Emphasis will be given to local species & plants of economic importance. Measures for protection and conservation of wildlife species will be done by organizing awareness campaigns and vigilance program by involvement of community youth against poaching of animals. To check/reduce the impact of dust and noise, thick plantation cover will be developed which will provide acoustic buffer and therefore will dampen blasting sound. 4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT OF MINING: The study area was defined as an area within 10 km radius around the proposed mining project site. Total 19 villages comprised under the study area from Tehsil i.e. Khliehriat of Jaintia Hills District. The impact of mining industry on socio-economic scenario has both the facets. On one hand it may degrade the fertile land leading to reduced agriculture income besides causing Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 183 -

displacement. On the other hand being a commercial activity it provides opportunity for both direct & indirect employment. In the present case, the lease area is basically a nonfertile land not having any habitation and significant vegetation, consequently no economic return from the land. As a matter of fact, the community will be benefited by the direct & indirect employment most of them will be skilled & semi -skilled As mentioned earlier there will be around 21 personnel most of them will be skilled & semiskilled, most of the staff will be employed from the local villages. Local people are hardly able to keep-up their livelihood. Due to mining operation some of the villagers will get regular source of earning from the mine. The indirect employment will be given to many more. Local community shall be benefited by repair shops, tea stalls and dhabas etc. The proposed project is going to create considerable positive impact on the socio-economic conditions of the people in the study area. On the basis of the present study the following major conclusions may be drawn: The project is expected to foster the existing trend of shift in the pattern of demand of the local people from food to non-food items as a result of the modernizing influences. During the drilling, blasting, loading & unloading of mining material causes the air pollution also as the dust particles spreads in the air. This in turn affects health of the people. Mining and allied activities going on in Jaintia hill region have caused damage to the land resources of the area. Vast areas of rich forests and agricultural land belonging to the indigenous people have been laid waste because of haphazard mining. Mineral dust is a pervasive feature of all mining areas. It is generated by wind sweeping dust from water heaps, blasting and the use of heavy machinery. Blasting also produces noxious fumes that are released into the atmosphere. Air pollution in the mining areas causes respiratory diseases and eye ailments. Malaria is very common. It is found that there are numerous ditches, stagnant mine water and open tanks breeding all the species of mosquitoes. Majorities of the death were attributes to malaria. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 184 -

As per the health survey of the local people, the most common diseases recorded in the area are dysentery, diarrhea, skin infection, worm infection, jaundice and typhoid. Dysentery and skin infections occur in high percentage in the area. If proper steps are not taken up, the total population mostly tribals will be on the verge of extinction. Mitigation Measures: The proposed project may not cause any damage to the existing rural agrarian economy of the study area, instead it may help agriculture by way of providing supplementary income which may result in increased investment in agriculture and consequently, agricultural production. Green Belt development along the periphery of the M.L. area. Regular water spraying on roads & waste dumps and all transfer points. Over Loading of trucks will not be allowed. In plantation work, local species especially fruit bearing trees shall be planted to provide as a regular sources of income. Mining pits shall be developed into water recharge system. Inter mixing of the mine run off to the surface water shall be avoided. A section of local youth shall be trained in phases so that they can take up some jobs of their own (or in mines (on contract basis) or elsewhere. Project authorities shall provide training from time to time for improved agro techniques, first aid and safety, adult literacy programme etc. to the villagers. Project authorities give preference to local people while engaging contractors for material transportation or at least for loading and unloading. There will be no impact on the cropping pattern and crop productivity in the buffer zone due to mining activities. The project is going to create positive impact on consumption behavior by way of raising average consumption level of the people of the study area and income through multiplier effect. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 185 -

The project is likely to speed up the growing view on importance of education among the people of the study area. 4.11.1 Impact on Occupational Health: Sanitary facilities shall be provided and PPE will be well equipped with suppliers (e.g. Protective creams) and employees shall be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust, chemicals or pathogens. S.No. Item Equipment 1. Face protection Face Shield 2 Eye protection Different types of goggles used for different purposes. 3. Ear protection Ear Plug,ear muff 4. Leg Protection Safely shoes, gum shoes 5. Working at Safety belts height 6. Head Protection Safety helmets 7. Protection from Dust Mask Dust Medical Check-up: Pre-employment and periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard. At the end of mining operation test will be conducted to assess health of workers. Workers will be informed and trained about occupational health hazards if identified. Any worker's health related problems will be properly addressed. The medical histories of all employees will be maintained in a standard format.thereafter the employees showing symptoms of the diseases mentioned below will be subjected to medical examination. Mostly respiratory disorders are more likely therefore workers will be checked for respiratory diseases. 4.12 PLANTATION / AFFORESTATION PROGRAMME: Plantation will be done in upper mining benches, in the statutory boundary and area left for barrier HT line. Any soil generated during mining shall be stacked & used for progressive plantation in the lease hold area as shown in Annexure 5 Conceptual plan. Total 4.87Ha area will be developed as green belt including 1.30Ha safety zone, 0.05 Ha additional plantation area and 3.07Ha Safety barrier Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 186 -

area. In the 0.5Ha area which is initially allocated for plantation, shall be developed into green belt by planting@160 plants per year, further plantation shall be done once the mine is fully developed. Locally thriving flora shall be planted till the end of life of mine. Table 4-2Plantation Schedule for the first five years as per approved mining plan Year Area to be planted (Ha) Spacing (m) No. of Saplings Type of Species to be planted Location 1 st Year 0.1 2.5 160 2 nd Year 0.1 2.5 160 3 rd Year 0.1 2.5 160 4 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 5 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 Mixed species as champa, maha neem, jackfruit etc. Afforestation to be carried out in southwestern and northern side of the M.L boundary (Ref. Plate-5) Total 0.5 800 After 5 years the area of left will be planted at the rate of 160 trees per year in the HTL barrier and the upper mining benches. 4.13 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS: For a mining project of this type there would be significant irreversible environmental impacts of following nature: The primary and secondary impacts of the project. The project may involve potential environmental accidents associated. Use of Natural resources. There are following irreversible and irreparable changes associated to mining and mitigation measures: 1. Land Use change and degradation of soil quality: Mining causes change in land use resulting in mining pit which alters land use on a bigger scale. To mitigate the adverse effect on the surrounding environment following measures have to be taken up: Water Recharge Pit: Mining pit will be developed in the water recharge pit. During rains water will be collected in the pit and therefore result in over all development of water level of the area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 187 -

The proposed project since OB generation shall be minimum the pit will be converted into water recharge pit. Development of Pond for Pisciculture: The mining pit can also be developed into Fish farm or pisciculture. Fish farming involves raising fish commercially in tanks or enclosures, usually for food. However for the proposed project there is no provision to use the pit for fish farming. 2. Loss of biodiversity: Destruction or drastic modification of the original site and anthropogenicsubstances release can have majors impact on biodiversity in the area. Destruction of the habitat is the main component of biodiversity losses. The proposed project is already in a barren land but to mitigate possible adverse effects following measures shall be undertaken. Green belt Development: As per ultimate plan of mining there will be developed into green belt area and trees shall be planted. This will provide safe habitat for fauna and also provide fodder for the castles of the nearby village people. Preparation of Conservation plan for endangered species: Conservation plan have been prepared for Schedule species found in buffer zone to mitigate any negative effect of mining. Due measures shall be taken and allocation of fund shall be done which will ensure the protection of the species and help it thrive in the area. Fencing of the mining area: Sometimes big pits result in accidents and animal falls into the pit. To protect them there shall be fencing done around the mining pit. 3. Contamination of ground or surface water: Due to deep pit mining, leaching of mineral causes ground water contamination and mines run off pollute surface water. Therefore to prevent runoff following measures shall be taken up: There shall be construction of retaining wall. In proposed project mining will not encounter ground water level therefore no negative effect is envisaged due to mining. However water collected during rains shall be used for plantation and sprinkling in the mine area. Also the pit will be used as a water reservoir as per conceptual plan. 4.14 ASSESSMENT OF SIGNIFICANCE OF IMPACTS The environmental attributes which are likely to have an impact due to the proposed Limestone mine (13.58 Ha) at near village Lumshnong, Tehsil Khliehriat, District- Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya are summarized below. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 188 -

Summary of Impacts and mitigation measures S.No. Proposed Activity/Parameters Significance of Impacts 1 Air Environment - PM 10 - SO 2 - NO X - 2 Water Environment +ve 3 Biological Environment Flora (Vegetation) +ve Fauna (Wildlife) - Plankton - 4 Noise Environment - 5 Socio-economic Environment (a) Social Status (b) Economic Status (c) Generation of Employment (d) Infrastructure Resource Base +ve +ve +ve +ve 6. Traffic Environment No impact 4.15 SUMMARY OF MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED A brief description of mitigation measures are given ahead Water Environment Possible impacts due to contamination on water quality due to runoff of storm water and mine seepage. No effluent discharge from mine No toxic chemicals in mineral to contaminate water. Water collected during rains shall be used for sprinkling and plantation. The pit left at the conceptual period will be used as water recharge reservoir which will help in development of ground water in the area. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 189 -

Air Environment Noise Environment Biological Environment Socio-Economic Environment: There shall be generation of dust due to point and non-point sources thus following measures shall be adopted: No mining is proposed during windy days, Regular water sprinkling Plantation of trees Vehicles shall have PUC certificate Ambient noise level in the core zone is likely to increases. To prevent noise pollution: Plantation will provide acoustic buffer therefore plantation shall be done along the periphery and in the HTL safety barrier, Regular maintenance of equipments shall be done to reduce noise pollution. In the core zone no ecologically diverse species were found within core zone. There will be no cutting of trees and loss of flora. Trees shall be planted in the lease area. Mined out land reclamation shall be done by turning it into water recharge pit and fencing of pit will be done. Approved Conservation plan for Scheduled - I Species in buffer zone has been prepared and approved by chief Wild life Warden Annexure 10. It is evident from social survey that population is mostly unemployed. The project will generate employment for 21 people. Regular medical examinations, schooling, better infrastructure etc. shall benefit employees as well as the locals in the area. Mine Waste Management Mining shall not be done during rains and there shall be construction of retaining walls top prevent surface runoff. Hazardous waste such as oil shall be stored properly and sold to registered re-processor. Domestic wastes due to daily human activities which shall be properly disposed off into septic tanks followed by soak pits. Wrappers, foils, leftover food material etc shall be collected in separate bins. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 190 -

CHAPTER-5 ALTERNATIVE SITES AND TECHNOLOGY 5.0 GENERAL: Cement Manufacturing Company Limited, the proponent has been granted the LoI by government of Meghalaya. The land is a government non forest land devoid of any vegetation. Hence no alternative sites are envisaged. Limestone Mine is a site specific project spread in 13.58 Ha. Copy of LoI is given in the EIA report Annexure 2.Mining activities shall be carried out based on local geology and availability of the mineral. Mining shall be done by open cast mechanized method as the mineral is in the form of hard consolidated deposits. 5.1 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES: Various alternate limestone deposits available around the CMCL s plant to meet the raw material requirement of the expanded plant capacity have been examined. The limestone deposit over 13.58 ha has been selected in view the following favorable considerations over other areas/deposits. i) The project is site specific in view of occurrence of mineral. ii) connectivity. iii) The deposit is closer to the exiting road network and no additional land is required for road The area is private non-forest land. 5.2 ADVERSE IMPACT OF ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY: The mineral is found below top soil and over burden therefore opencast mechanized mining method will be adopted.in the open cast mining method there are two technologies that can be adopted for mining of minerals. One is manual method and the other is mechanized method of mining. In the present project mechanized method of mining shall be adopted mainly because of the fact that adoption of manual mining will involve a large number of workers for the same level of production. This will have impact on the output per ma per shift higher, cost of production and more safety hazard. Occupational health problem will also be minimized with mechanized method of mining. 5.3 MITIGATION PROPOSED FOR ALTERNATIVES TECHNOLOGY: Since there is no alternative proposal for mining mitigation measures are not suggested. 5.4 SELECTION OF ALTERNATIVE: There shall be open cast mechanized mining with drilling and blasting. There is no alternative technology proposed for the project as the mineral is found below the layer top soil and OB which Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 191 -

can only be removed by mechanized method. This is the safest and least expensive technology for the mining of Limestone mineral from proposed mine. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 192 -

CHAPTER-6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 GENERAL: Environmental Monitoring Program includes periodic analysis of air, soil, noise and water, samples. Environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis to assess the pollution level in the ML area as well in the surrounding areas. Therefore, regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment. The company has a well-defined environmental policy which is attached as for monitoring and environmental Safeguard.Annexure No. 6 The objectives of monitoring are: To identify the state of pollution within the ML area. To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new developments. Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution. To assess and monitor the environmental impacts. To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects. Mining: Mining of Limestone will be done as per approved mining plan to ensure safety of the workers and ambient environment. Manual: There shall be no manual mining Mechanized: Mine shall be worked out by mechanized method with drilling and blasting. Excavators and trucks will be used for mining operations. Frequency & locations of environmental monitoring: Regular Monitoring of all the environmental parameters viz., air, water, noise and soil as per the formulated program based on CPCB and MoEF guidelines will be carried out every year in order to cross check any changes from the baseline status. Monitoring program will be followed till the mining operations are continued. For implementation Environment Monitoring Cell will be formed under control of the Mines manager. The job of this cell will be regular environmental Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 193 -

monitoring and submission of environmental report, green belt development, etc. The plan for Monitoring is given below: 6.2 PROPOSED MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.2.1 Monitoring of Mining Parameters Slope failure: Regular inspection (frequency and mechanism to be established) will be carried out to examine slope stability, mine faces, etc. A team constituting of Mines Manager, Foreman and Head, Environment Management will undertake monthly inspection Ground water / Drainage: As mentioned in chapter 4, a Piezometer will be installed in the mining area to measure the impact and fluctuation of ground water level. The environment section will monitor the water level at-least once in three months and records will be maintained for comparative study. The drains will also be checked for any damage in lining / stone pitching etc. The team defined will inspect the same and submit report to owner. Blasting Effects Blasting is one of the most critical activities of mining operations. Therefore blasting parameters have been developed taking into account different aspects generally adopted in similar cases to optimize the efficiency of blasting keeping the associated hazards at minimum. Re-vegetation and Green Belt Development Since the lease area is barren there shall be development of green belt in the area in the 7.5m statutory boundary on the upper mining benches and safety barrier. 6.2.2 Monitoring of Environmental Parameters: The monitoring of environmental parameters will be undertaken as per guideline given in IBM CCoM s Circular Number 3/92. The monitoring stations have been selected as per the aforementioned guidelines as described ahead and the same have been shown at Plate no- 9 Air Quality Monitoring:Air quality monitoring is essential for evaluations of the effectiveness of abatement program and to develop appropriate control measures. Particulate Matter Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 194 -

(PM10 & PM2.5) will be monitored in continuation with Sulphur dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) monitoring in workplace and study area at 8 sampling locations. Water Quality Monitoring: Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of ground water and surface water. Parameters to be monitored are ph, Total Suspended solids, Total Dissolved Solids, Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Oil & Grease, Phenolic compound, Copper, Nickel, Manganese, iron, Total Coliform (MPN/100 ml) etc. Total collected samples10; where 6 ground water samples and 4 surface water samples of nearby water bodies will be periodically studied to assess the impact of mining. Noise Level Monitoring:Noise level monitoring is done for achieving the following objectives.to compare sound levels with the values specified in noise regulations. To determine the need and extent of noise control of various noise generating sources. Noise level monitoring will be done at 8 locations, the work zone to assess the occupational noise exposure levels and also at the noise generating sources like ore handling arrangements, maintenance workshop, nearby villages to assess the noise levels and their propagation for taking necessary control measures at the source. Parameters: The noise level recordings are measured in db(a) Leq values, where db(a) denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A, which is related to human hearing. Soil Quality:As a part of environmental monitoring soil sampling and analysis will be carried out from 5 no. of stations quarterly study shall be done. 6.2.3 Green Belt Development Monitoring: Monitoring of growth and survival rate of the plants planted for greenbelt development every year shall be done to replace the plants which are not grown. Following data shall be recorded every year: Area under plantation/vegetation Period of plantation Type of plantation: Trees, grass any other as seeds or saplings. Distance between plants Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 195 -

Type & amount of fertilizer used Interval of watering Method and period of post plantation care Survival Rate Density of afforested land both pre & post plant condition 6.2.4 Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring: Concentration of Respirable dust in the workplace will be regularly measured as laid down by DGMS. Health check up of the workers will be conducted at regular intervals. The information will be furnished to the relevant authority. Environment Management Cell will also coordinate with general public, regulatory authorities, local administration to appraise environmental performance of the mine. The plan of environmental monitoring for selected important parameters will be worked out as per format Table 6.1. The other steps for giving paramount importance to the occupational health and safety of mine worker are discussed as ahead Use of safety/protective gears like safety shoes, helmet, dust mask etc. will be a must. Routine check-ups to develop habit will be made by environmental cell Regular training and refresher follow-ups on this regards will be given continuously to build the capacities of the mine workers Monitoring of quality of water, air, noise, and occupational health status of project personnel and surrounding habitations. Planned monitoring program to evaluate the effectiveness of various /specific aspects of technological / mitigation measures. Hydro-geological monitoring through proposed piezometer for the entire mine life and restrictive monitoring during reclamation. Plantation monitoring programme to ensure survival and growth rate of plantations. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 196 -

A plan for monitoring health of workers and community in vicinity will be drawn and submitted along with financial allocation. The details of the plan are discussed below Plan for monitoring health of workers: It is proposed that at the outset or on re-opening of mine, all the workers will be medically checked. The History report of each employee will be made by the environment cell. This will include the X- Ray films also. A regular check-up of all the workers will be made as given ahead- Once in a year for all the workers having their work place close to the dust producing sites like and loading and unloading. Once in 2 years for all other workers Any deviation will immediately be reported to mines manager for taking necessary and corrective action. 6.3 FREQUENCY OF MONITORING: In this mine there is no OB involved. Therefore the mining of mineral can be started without any pre-development in the mine. The mining can be started within 3-4 months after obtaining statutory clearances. Only minor construction in the form of rest shelter, temporary site office will be required which will not have any significant impact therefore no environmental monitoring during the construction phase is suggested for a short period of 3-4 months. Measurement Parameters, Frequency, Location & Cost of Measurements Methodology of Monitoring Mechanism: Environmental monitoring at various locations, within the ML area and in the study area of10 km radius will be carried out on periodic basis. A comprehensive network for monitoring has been prepared. Sampling locations have been identified by considering the source of pollution due to mining operations, drainage pattern and topography of the area. EMP implementation & monitoring: An internal monitoring team shall be constituted for implementing the monitoring plan of 1, 60,000 rupees is expected for monitoring cost. Table 6-1 Environment Monitoring Schedule Details Monitoring Air Stack Frequency of Monitoring Methodology Location Cost Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 197 -

Ambient Air Quality at appropriate location for PM 10, PM 2.5, SO 2, NOx Stack emission for point sources PM, SO 2, NOx & CO. Annually Annually Particulate Matter (PM 2.5):USEPA Quality Assurance Handbook (Vol II) Part II, Quality Assurance Guideline Document 2.12 Publication 1988) Particulate Matter (PM 10): IS: 5182;Part 23 :2006 Sulphur dioxide (SO 2): IS: 5182( Part 2) 2001,Reaffirmed 2006 Nitrogen Oxides :IS: 5182( Part 6)- 2006 Particulate Matter: (IS: 11255; Part I 1985, Reaffirmed 2009 6 Locations Upwind direction Downwind direction Nearest Habitat DG Stack Rs. 75000 Sulphur dioxide (SO 2) : (IS: 5182 ; Part II 1985 Reaffirmed 2009 Nitrogen Oxides (IS: 11255; Part 7 2005): Oxygen, Carbon Monoxide, Carbon dioxide, Nitrogen and Unsaturated Hydrocarbon: Test for gases by orsat: IS: 13270-1992 Water Quality Locations Cost 1. Water Quality Monitoring for relevant parameters of 1. IS 10500 for drinking purposes 2. Water Quality Monitoring for Construction purpose as IS- Six Monthly Parameter Method Colour IS:3025(Part- 4)-1983 Reaffirmed 2006 Odour IS:3025(Part- 5)-1983 Reaffirmed 2006 ph IS:3025(Part- 2)-1983 Reaffirmed 2006 Turbidity IS:3025(Part- 10)-1984 Reaffirmed 2006 Chloride IS:3025(Part- 32)-1999 Reaffirmed 2009 Fluoride APHA 4500- F-B,D 22 nd Edition 2012 Four drinking water sample & Ten ground water sample Rs. 45000 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 198 -

Nitrate Nitrite Sulphate Cadmium Total Hardness Lead Temperature Total Dissolved Solids Chemical Oxygen Demand Sodium, Potassium, Lithium Alkalinity Calcium Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen IS:3025(Part- 34)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025(Part- 34)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025(Part- 24)-1986 Reaffirmed 2009 APHA 3111 B 22 nd Edition 2012 IS:3025(Part- 21)-1986 Reaffirmed 2009 APHA 3111 B 22 nd Edition 2012 IS:3025(Part- 9)-1984 Reaffirmed 2006 IS:3025(Part- 16)-1984 Reaffirmed 2006 5520,APHA B&C,22 nd Edition 2012 IS:3025 (Part- 45)-1993 Reaffirmed 2009 3500-Li (B),APHA 22 nd Edition 2012 APHA 2320 B 22 nd Edition 2012 IS:3025 (Part 40)-1991 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 199 -

Dissolved Oxygen TSS Heavy Metals: Iron, Copper, Nickel, Cadmium, Zinc Conductivity BOD Ammonical Nitrogen Total Chromium (Hexavalent ) Total & Dissolved Phosphate Oil & Grease IS:3025 (Part 38)-1989 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 17)-1984 Reaffirmed 2006 APHA 3111 B 22 nd Edition 2012 APHA 2510 B 22 nd Edition 2012 IS:3025 (Part 44)-1993 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 34)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 52)-2003 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 31)-1988 Reaffirmed 2009 IS:3025 (Part 39-1991 Reaffirmed 2009 Noise 8 Locations Cost Day & Night level Noise Monitoring Annually As per IS: 9989(1986) reaffirmed 2001 Locations -Near Equipment noise during operation - Near Equipment noise du Near Green Belt Rs. 15000 Soil Locations Cost Soil Monitoring, Qualitative and quantitative testing/analysis to check the soil fertility, porosity, texture, water holding Annually Porosity Texture water holding capacity 10 samples from four corners and one composite sample will be prepared. 25000 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 200 -

capacity etc. Total Costing 1,60,000 Biological Environment Monitoring:Monitoring shall be done regularly on the plantation and the records shall be maintained. The dead trees will be replaced and regular water sprinkling shall be done. There is provision of gardener to take care of the plantation in the area. There shall be fencing of pit done to avoid accidents to the nearby fauna. Socio-economic Environment Monitoring: Once in a year through physical survey for cross checking any adverse variation and prompt correctives. Health issues will be regularly addressed by organization of heath checkup camps shall be done. Reporting Schedules of monitored data: The monitored data on air quality, water quality, soil quality and noise levels, will be periodically examined for taking necessary corrective measures. The monitored data will be submitted to State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). The post-project data will be submitted in half-yearly monitoring reports to the same. 6.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION: A full-fledged environmental cell with qualified and experienced personnel established at the company s cement plant, which is located close by, will supervise and implement the environmental issues. This environmental cell is supported by a fully equipped laboratory to carry out the analysis. The proposed organization of the environmental cell should have manpower on regular basis. 6.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING CELL DETAILS: Environmental data shall be monitored initially by using an outside agency. Environmental Monitoring System & Methodology: Based on the results of improvements of adversity in the environmental parameters, monitoring schedules and duration will be restricted, if necessary, after consulting with SPCB and MoEF. 6.6 FUNCTIONS OF THE MONITORING CELL To carry out environmental monitoring at site for various environmental parameters as required either departmentally or through outside agencies. This will ensure that the Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 201 -

environmental status of the core and buffer zone of the mine will be preserved in good status as per rules. 1. To observe the environmental control measures to be implemented. 2. To keep a watch on the flow patterns of drainage and surveillance on the efficiency of water management system. 3. To study the effects of project activities on the environment. 4. To ensure implementation of plantation programme. Regular monitoring of survival rate of plants should also be carried out to achieve the desired result, for five years. 5. To keep records of monitoring etc. in a systematic way, so as to facilitate easy access, when needed by statutory agencies, etc. 6. Conducting environmental studies and reporting to SPCB. 7. To interact and liaise with State and Central Government Departments. 8. To ensure the availability of the necessary spares for the pollution control equipment all the time so as to keep the pollutants of the environment within the stipulated limits. 9. To identify the source of pollution and to take immediate action to prevent further pollution. 10. Conducting safety audits and programmes to create safety awareness in workers/ staff. 11. Conducting regular health audits to detect any health problems promptly to the workers/ staff. This will reduce occupational health problems. 12. Parting training on safety and conducting safety drills to educate employees. 13. Carrying out socio-economic study once in three years in the surrounding areas to find out the benefits derived by the society due to the project and also to fulfill the deficiency, if any, immediately. 14. The recorded data from monitoring of air, water and noise will be submitted half yearly by project proponent to Ministry of Environment and Forests (Regional office) and the SPCB, respectively. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 202 -

6.7 REPORTING SCHEDULE The recorded data from monitoring of air, water and noise will be submitted half yearly by project proponent to Ministry of Environment and Forests (Regional office) and the SPCB, respectively. 6.8 BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATE: The cost estimates give only the indication of the likely cost. The estimated environmental i.e.mainly monitoring and green belt development, cost of the project is as follows. Cost of Environmental Protection Measures (In Lakh INR) Sl. No. Measures Capital Cost Annual Recurring Cost (Rs in Lakh) (Rs in Lakh) 1 Pollution monitoring 1.5 1.6 2 Green Belt development 0.5 1.0 3 Water Conservation 0.5 1.0 4 Haul Road Maintenance 1.0 1.6 5 Wire Fencing around Plants and maintenance 0.5 0.8 Total Rs 4.0 Lakhs Rs 6.0 Lakhs 6.9 PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE: There shall be monitoring during operation phase. The sampling locations have already been mentioned in the report and a monitoring schedule has been proposed. Monitoring of the ambient environment shall be duly done. The P.P. will engage NABL accredited agency for carrying out regular monitoring as detailed in report. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 203 -

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 GENERAL: The report has been prepared on the basis of ToR granted. All the studies proposed in the TOR of the mining project have been complied with and the same has been covered in the report. 7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION: Public Hearing in respect of Cement Manufacturing Company Limited at Lumshnong Village in East Jaintia Hills District, Meghalaya was held at 2.00 P.M. on the 12 th June 2014 for Environment Clearance. The hearing was presided by Smt. D. Phawa MCS, Additional Deputy Commissioner, East Jaintia Hills District, Khliehriat. The Chairman welcomed the officers and public present at the Hearing and invited Shri S. Syiem, Assistant Environment Engineer, Meghalaya State Pollution Control Board, Shillong to give the welcome and introductory address. Technical presentation of the project was given by representative of Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi on behalf of the Project Proponent. Besides written representations, 33 speakers from nearby villages gave their comments/ suggestions. All of the 33 speakers spoke in support of the project. The Public hearing ended with a vote of thanks from the Chair to all the officials, participants, members of the press and the public present at the hearing for their co-operation. Proceedings of the public hearing are attached as Annexure-3. Compliance of public hearing is annexed as Annexure-4 Mostly people present in the Public hearing supported the project. The major issues raised were as below with their replies andcompliance: 1. Mr. Shianiah Sucheen,President HANM,Jaintia Hills Unit: He Extended his supports to the proposed project and requested the company to maintain the Green belt The Company assured for development of Green belt and a compensatory Afforestation program will be undertaken 2. All North East Trucks Drivers Association: Requested for Night time stay facilities for drivers. The company agreed and proposed for stay facilities for drivers who are coming from far. 3. Land owner Forest Owner Association: They demanded for employment to be given to locals Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 204 -

Youth and Employment Organization, West Jaintia Hills: Cement plants do not follow the provisions of Meghalaya Govt. Industries Act, 1977 to appoint local people for job in the ratio of 60% Tribal & 40% Non-Tribal. The representative from the company said that people will be hired as per their qualification and skill. Also confirmed that the ratio of employment to tribals and non tribal shall also be maintained 4. Sh. Marki Mulieh, MDC, JHADC: challenged the functions of SPCB constitutionally& opposed the PH itself. The representation is irrelevant. He has not given representation in the right forum. 7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT: Human health and Environmental risk from developmental activities is mainly due to occurrence of some accident consisting of an event or sequence of events explosion, fire and toxic hazards. Risk analysis provides a numerical measure of the risk that a particular facility poses to the public. It begins with the identification of probable hazardous events at an operational area and categorization as per the predetermined criteria. The consequences of major events or accidents are calculated for different combinations of weather conditions to stimulate worst possible scenario. These predictions of consequences are combined to provide numerical measures of the risk for the entire facility. Risk assessment should be done on the basis of past accident analysis at similar projects, previous judgments and expertise in the field of risk analysis especially in accident analysis. The possible risks in the case of mining projects are erosion, inundation/floods, accidents due to vehicular movement and accidents during mineral loading and transporting etc. Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions, which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time the environmental conditions should be such as not to impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in mines. 7.3.1 RISK MANAGEMENT: The following precautionary measures shall be taken to prevent any accident Elimination of the source of hazard Substitution of hazardous process and materials by those which are less hazardous Geographical/ physical isolation of hazards from vulnerable communities Use of engineering controls to reduce the health risk Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 205 -

Adoption of safe working practices such as regular equipment maintenance Use of Personal Protective Equipment should be mandatory. Top edge of opencast workings shall be kept properly fenced. Quarrying shall be done from top downwards. No overhang will be allowed. Special attention and requisite provisions shall be taken while working in areas of geological weakness like existence of slip, fault etc. Regular dressing of bench sides to ensure safety of workers employed within 5m or working face. Provision of safety belt or rope while persons are at work at the quarry sides or benches from where there are chances of falling down for more than 1.8m. Spoil banks not to be retained by artificial means at an angle of repose in excess of its natural angle. Drafting and implementation of preventive maintenance schedule for various kinds of machinery deployed in opencast workings. Provision of maintenance of properly laid haul roads with parapet wall fencing or guards and road signs at strategic points. Precautions against danger while traversing dumpers, excavators etc. by installing audio-visual alarms and appointment of spotters. Transportation of Limestone within mine workings by vehicles under the direction, supervision and control of Mine Management only. Proper maintenance of vehicles and weekly examination by an engineer and daily examination by a competent person. Training and retraining (at specified interval) of the machinery operators. Use of controlled blasting techniques. 500 m radius danger zone to be followed strictly. Provision of blasting shelters properly constructed and maintained. Adequate maintenance of electrical equipments. Adequate illumination after daylight. 7.3.2 Assessment of Risks involved during Mining and Mitigation Measures: Open Cast Bench Slope Failure Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 206 -

For determining factor of safety, the bench slopes are to be monitored regularly by sensitive instruments at precise level at regular intervals to check for any possible ground movement. A welldeveloped drainage system over the lease hold area is to be ensured to check the storm water flows out of the lease area. Failure to make and keep the quarry sides secure by proper benching, sloping and keeping benches of adequate height and width. Inadequate nos. of competent persons for carrying out statutory inspections. Lack of supervision. Mitigation Measures: The pit will be dug by following all the safety measures and maintaining ultimate pit slope to be 45 0. As we know that the overall management of the slopes created during the development of an open pit mine requires an ongoing assessment of the stability of these slopes. This assessment depends on good geological, geotechnical and groundwater models as well as an understanding of the risks and economic consequences of slope instability. There shall be adequate supervising staff and mining operation will be done under strict supervision of the Mining Engineers and Asst. Mining Engineer to avoid any mishap. Accidents due to Machinery During reversal operation Unauthorized driving of vehicles (mostly by helpers) Riding of vehicles unauthorized Attempt to ride moving vehicles Overloading Driving vehicles in a intoxicated stage Vehicles moving in steep gradient or on benches of inadequate width Mitigation Measures: All transportation within the mining lease working should be carried out directly under the supervision and control of the management. The vehicles will be maintained in good condition and checked thoroughly at least once a month by the competent person authorized for the purpose by the management. Road signs will be provided at each and every turning point up to the main road Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 207 -

(wherever required). To avoid danger while reversing the equipments/ vehicles especially at the working place/loading points, stopper should be posted to properly guide reversing/spotting operating, otherwise no person should be there within 10m radius of machine. The maximum permissible speed limit shall be ensured. Overloading of material will be avoided. A statutory provision of the fences, constant education, training etc. will go a long way in reducing the incidents of such accidents. Other than Transportation Machinery Use of substandard equipments Accident due to generation of fly rock Attempt to clean moving parts of machinery Non provision or removal of guards for moving parts of machinery Mitigation Measures: All the trucks loading and operating machines will have horns and proper maintenance of mining machinery shall be done Height of the bench will be maintained as per approved mining plan to avoid over hanging of rocks. The mineral will be loaded in trucks mechanically i.e. by JCB during mining. There is least possibility of injury to the person during loading operation at mine. There shall be fencing of the mined out area to prevent any accident of mine nearby habitants of nearby village and their livestock. The complete mining operation will be carried out under the Management and control of experienced and qualified Mines Manager having Certificate of Competency to manage the mines granted by DGMS. All the provisions of Mines Act 1952, MMR 1961 and Mines Rules 1955, RMMCR 1986 and other laws applicable to mine will strictly be complied with. During heavy rainfall the mining activities will be closed. Accidents due to use of Explosives Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 208 -

Fly rock throw due to blasting Inadvertent handling of explosives Mitigation Measures: All the persons working will be provided safety shoes and helmet to prevent them from fly rock. Explosives will be sued under strict vigilance of the Mining Engineer. and Assistant Mining Engineer. 7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN: Safety of mine and the employees is taken care of by the mining rules & regulations, which are well defined with laid down procedure for safety, which when scrupulously followed safety is ensured not only to manpower but also to machines & working environment. The following factors will play major role in the management strategy. The disaster management plan may be broadly given below: On Site and Offsite Emergency management Plan: At Site: Management of following will be done: Pit Slope Management: Ultimate pit slope is going to be 45degrees which is safe however there shall be precautions taken during drilling and blasting to avoid over cutting of rock. Waste Dump Management: There is no OB generation therefore it is not applicable. However top soil shall be kept in confined area so that runoff can be avoided. Fire Management: There shall be provision of mobile fire extinguishers at the mine office. There will also be pipes and buckets be used for sprinkling water. Explosive Handling: safety gears shall be provided to the blasting team. Blasting will be done under strict supervision and as per the rules of MMDR. Only skilled blasting staff will be present at the time of blast. Training : Following trainings shall be provided to the workers from time to time: Safety Education & Awareness Holding annual safety weeks Imparting basic and refresher training to new and old employees respectively. Communication: Supervisor will be provided with the wireless to communicate in case of any abnormality. Offsite Emergency Plan Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 209 -

Offsite emergency plan defining the various steps to tackle any offsite emergencies which may affect surrounding areas of the project has to be prepared after due final discussion with local panchayat and revenue officials. Communication: The telephone numbers and addresses of adjoining mines, rescue station, police station, fire service station, local hospital, electricity supply agency and standing consultative committee members are also maintained for any emergency requirement. Disaster Management Team and its roles and responsibilities: A standing consultative committee will be formed under the head of mines manager. The members consists of safety officer/medical officer/asst. manager/ public relation officer/ Foreman/ and environmental engineer. Roles and responsibilities: 1. Any abnormality shall be reported to the Top management. 2. The management shall make cordial relations with the local authorities, hospitals etc. to help them during crisis. 3. There will be communication facilities provided by the management at the mining site for better response time. 4. A doctor and supporting staff will be there to provide first aid facilities to the workers in case of any mishap. 5. Provision of Ambulance at the site with first aid facilities. Detailed Disaster management plan is prepared with respect to the following accidents at Annexure-7. 7.5 SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT: There are various social impacts of mining which should be identified before starting any developmental activity. The mining is one of the activity for which if pros and cons are not properly assessed may result in deterioration of not only affect local environmental scenario but also may have long term affects on the socio economic status of the locals such as loss of agriculture land, degradation of water quality, contamination of ground water and soil quality. Therefore to prevent above problems following measures shall be undertaken: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 210 -

Ensuring developments contribute to economic growth and social development. The project will provide skill based training to the locals and will generate chance of indirect employment in the area. Reducing project risks and providing greater certainty to the society by doing regular environmental monitoring, prediction of risks and hazards and their mitigation, etc. Planning for social and physical infrastructure; in proposed project CSR budget ensures provision of proper infrastructure with the help of local authorities such as repair of wear and tear of roads, plantation of trees etc. Proposed project will improve the quality of life of employees and retention of skilled workers; there is provision for providing training to workers and locals to have better health keeping, and organizing health check up camps for them to lead a healthy life. The project shall enhance competitive advantage and reputation, by implementing innovative approaches, setting high standards for other businesses and leaving a positive legacy beyond the life of the project; The proposed project shall comply with principles and standards. 7.6 R & R ACTION PLAN: Project Affected Family (PAF) Economic Rehabilitation plan The cost of relief, resettlement and rehabilitation of the affected households under the CMCL lime Stone mine village Lumshnong has been worked out in accordance with the National Policy Guideline -2007. Broadly the issue has two components only i) Land Compensation and ii) economic rehabilitation of Project affected Families who have sold their land. Approach and Methodology The Project affected families / displaced families are required to be resettled nearest to the project area or in the same village if partially affected and are resettled as per the provision of National R & R policy. Therefore, there is need for a detailed Socio-Economic Survey of the affected households and identification of the households eligible for resettlement and rehabilitation as per the National Policy leading to formulation of a detailed resettlement and rehabilitation action plan for the project affected families. But during the study it was found that the affected families are losing full or part of their land with only few trees/farming of broomsticks. The present report, therefore, is intended Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 211 -

for the preparation of Project Affected Families Economic Rehabilitation Plan (PAFERP) on the basis of the socio-economic survey Definitions The relevant definitions for formulation of Project Affected families Economic Rehabilitation Plan (PAFERP) are as follows: i) Project Affected Families: The families that are either fully or partly likely to get affected due to upcoming of the project. ii) Displaced person: A person who is losing his house or house site by way acquisition under the project due to submergence will be deemed to be a displaced person. iii) Project affected: person is a person according to NPRR-2007 who is living in the affected village for a minimum period of three years or is doing some business or work or has been cultivating on his own land for the last three years before the notification of the project. iv)resettlement: Allocation of land and provision of assistance for construction of houses with provision of minimum infrastructure facilities like health, education, transport, communication, electricity, etc., in the new location is termed as Resettlement. v) Rehabilitation: Provision of Economic Support Programmes either on individual household basis or for group of individuals for generating adequate income is called Rehabilitation. Socio-Economic Survey The Project and its related activities result in the submergence of lands. Some people of the area are likely to be affected and require economic resettlement and re-habilitation measures to enable them to restore at least to their levels of living of the pre-project stage. As such, resettlement and economic rehabilitation has now been considered as an integral part of any development programme. It is, therefore, necessary to plan out strategies for the smooth resettlement and rehabilitation of the affected persons. A Socio-Economic Survey of the affected families under the project was carried out in the affected areas of East Jaintia Hills district affected villages. Based on the Socio-Economic survey conducted in the affected villages, a detailed Rehabilitation and Resettlement plan is designed suggesting the line of action for implementation, monitoring and evaluation of the resettlement and rehabilitation program. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 212 -

Aims and Objectives The main aims of the Socio-Economic study are to: a) Assess the Socio-Economic impact of the affected persons who will be losing land. b) Formulate a Resettlement and Economic Rehabilitation programme for the project Affected Families (PAFs) Project Affected Family (PAF) Economic Rehabilitation plan The cost of relief, resettlement and rehabilitation of the affected households under the mining in Lumshnong village, Tehsil Khliehriat, District- East Jaintia hills, Meghalaya has been worked out in accordance with the National Policy Guideline -2007. The mining project of Wah Pynkon near village in Lumshnong-village, Tehsil, Khliehriat, District- East Jaintia hills Meghalaya has Lease Area 13.58ha. Total 13.58 ha is Private Barren land which falls in the revenue limits of the village- Lumshnong, Tehsil -Khliehriat. Details of Land proposed to be Acquired & No. of Families Likely to be affected are as Follows: Lands acquired : 13.58 ha No of Affected Families : 2 Caste Analysis : STs About 2 land owners have sold their land for Limestone mining to M/s CMCL and the details are given below: The land is mostly rocky land with some plantation of Almond, Jackfruit, and Toon. Apart from this, patches of broomstick vegetation can be seen. S.No. Species of Plant/Trees Numbers(Approx) 1. Almond 16 2. Jackfruit 07 3. Toon 10 4. Broomstick Within 8hectare Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 213 -

Source of Income from Agricultural Land: Average Annual Income per Ha: 15,000/- S. No. 1 2 Name of the person Smt. BiltiSutnga W/o Sh. LowisPdang, Lumshnong Sh. Presbyter Gympad S/o (L) OndreLamare, Lumshnong 13.58 hectares land owner details Land holding (in Ha) Expected Income per annum 4.96 74,400 8.62 1,29,300 Amount of Consideration (Rs. In lacs) 5,95,000 10,35,000 Total 13.58 2,03,700 16,30,000 Remarks She is doing own business (Hotel) He is doing service in Govt. Department It may be concluded that due to sale of the land to M/s CMCL, a land owner got Rs1.20lakhs/ha 7.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY: As mentioned earlier, the scale of operations are too small to produce significant impact excepting providing employment to few local residents. However, corporate social responsibility, welfare activities will be taken up. The social welfare activities will include assistance in- Education In order to improve the educational activities in the area, following assistance will beprovided. Repair/Rebuilding of village schools; Institution of scholarships and prizes; Encouraging pre-primary schools education; and Supporting adult education programs. Sanitations &drinking water facilities Installation/ Repair of Hand Pumps/ Tube Wells Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 214 -

Water quality monitoring of wells and tube wells To educate people regarding proper use of drinking water Water conservation Development/construction of Water Tank/Ponds To promote sanitation &toilet facilities in project area Better mobility Bus service and bus stand at strategic location Training of personnel In order to improve the skill and self employment of locals, assistance will be provided in following promotional activities may be taken up. Tailoring/embroidery classes for women; and Orientation programs for self-employment in collaboration with District Industries Centre and Rural Development Agencies. Women training institute - programmes for women on tailoring Embroidery designs, Home Foods/Fast Foods, Pickles, Painting and Interior Decoration, bee-keeping and other Vocational Courses Self-Help Groups (SHG)- Micro credit and micro finance schemes for the locals. Medical Assistance: Assistance will be provided in organizing health camps Medical camps Medical camps will be organized from time to time in nearby village with free medicines and free health checkup. Services of health care facilities developed by the mine should be extended to the general public. Infrastructure development Road construction, improvement of existing roads, healthcare centre, post office, police station, community centre. Agricultural Improvement The locals in the area will be benefited by following social programme. Organizing training programs with the help of Agricultural Department for farmers irrelevant areas such as animal husbandry, dairy development, modern cultivation, Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 215 -

scientific storage of grain, water conservation etc. The program theme will be selected in consultation with community; Assistance in Utilizing Government Programs Collecting and disseminating information pertaining to various government schemes and providing guidance and assistance to eligible persons for making good use of the schemes e.g. getting loans for setting up small units. Budgetary Provisions for CSR: Capital cost of CSR is estimated to be 3 Lakhs and Recurring cost budget is estimated to be 2 Lakhs. Cost breakup is given below: Sr. No. Description Recurring Cost (Rupees In Lacs) 1 Assistance to local school, scholarship to students and vocational training, etc. 0.8 2 Sanitation and drinking water facilities 0.5 3 Assistance in awareness drive 0.3 4 Assistance to self-help groups 0.4 Total Rs. 2.00 in Lacs 7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH: Since it is opencast mining, health problems due to dust may be expected. By using various PPEs, the chances of occupational health disease will be lowered. Due to dust various diseases like Asthma, TB, Pneumoconiosis, Silicosis etc. may occur. Periodical medical checkup & treatment and job rotation of employees the impact would be minimized. Regular Medical Check-up: Periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard. The medical examination required to carry out at the time of appointment of every employee. Provided that in case any dust related disease test shall be conducted more frequently as the examination authority deems necessary. Medical camp will be organized for the worker every year. At the end of mining operation test will be conducted to assess health of workers. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 216 -

Workers will be informed and trained about occupational health hazards if identified. Any worker's health related problems will be properly addressed. Public health implications: As already indicated earlier, there is no habitation within the mining lease area. Mining activities will be away and will not progress closure to the nearest human habitation. However following remedial measures are proposed to be undertaken: Regular water sprays, Scheduled maintenance of machineries Covered transportation of vehicles Green belt / plantation as a green barrier will be carried out to protect the village habitation from the dust pollution Medical checkup / eye-camps will be organized for the villagers as a part of CSR activities. Allocation of funds towards public health has been indicated in the CSR activities No site specific ailments have been detected so far affecting the health of persons/ public. Notices giving warning to prevent inadvertent entry of persons shall be displayed at all conspicuous places and in particular near mine entries. Danger signs shall be displayed near the excavation site. Security guards will be posted. Separate budget of Occupational Health S.No Description Amount (Rupees In Lacs) 1 Workers will be subjected to primary health check-up before they are employed to ascertain 0.5 their health conditions. Thereafter, Regular Medical check-up will be organized for workers & villagers to evaluate the adverse impact if any on these persons due to proposed mining activity. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 217 -

2 Workers will be provided with masks, gloves, 0.5 goggles & ear muffs will be provided. 3 First Aid facility and training to workers. 0.5 4 Insurance for worker 0.5 Total Rs. 2 Lacs BUDGET FOR PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY Sr. No Impact Mitigation Amount (In Lacs) 1. Health Health Check-up camps shall be Rs 1.5 and Safety organized. Support to primary Health centre Total Rs. 1.5 Lacs Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 218 -

CHAPTER-8 PROJECT BENEFITS 8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE The roads connecting to lease area will be maintained by lessee. The community member of surrounding community especially the residents of Lumshnong village will have advantage in this regard. Improved road and communication facilities and provision of community development programmes such as health programme, communicable disease awareness and family welfare programmes will elevate the socio-economic conditions of the locals. 8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE The project activities shall create awareness with the local people for preferring permanent services than periodical agricultural activities. The activities will help them to analyze the importance of education. With the increased amount of income people can send their children to nearby schools and colleges. These schools are taking care of the local students for their studies. The Project proponent has decided to improve the literacy level of the local elders also. The implementation of this project shall naturally augment the education status of the local people. Social welfare measures The social welfare measures will always strengthen the bond between the project proponent and the local population/ communities. The proposed mining project would contribute in implementing social welfare activities in collaboration with local bodies for better development within the study area. Following schemes shall benefit locals: 1. Approach roads will be developed at par with the mining site. 2. There shall be conducting of rehabilitation program for the villagers. 3. The proponent will make provisions for contributions to the local schools, dispensaries for the welfare of the villagers. 8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL The project will contribute direct employment scope for about 21 persons including skilled, semiskilled and un-skilled mine workers, supervisory staffs, mining engineers, geologists and surveyors. It can create indirect employment scope for many other persons. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 219 -

8.4 SOCIOECONOMIC BENEFITS ARISING OUT OF MINING ACTIVITY: It would be apt to reiterate here that no human settlements will be disturbed due to proposed mining activity; consequently, one of the major negative impacts will not be applicable in this case. The benefits of mining activity will be similar to any industrial set-up. There will be opportunities of direct and indirect employments. However, the operations being semi mechanized will not generate large scale direct employment. As mentioned earlier there will be around 21personnel, most of them will be skilled or semi-skilled & unskilled workers. Total 80% staff will be employed from the local villages. The indirect employment will be far reaching.it can create indirect employment scope for about 100 persons. The jobs, from which local community can be benefited, will be -Providing tippers for raw material transport from mine to the consumers. Canteen services Grocery and vegetable shops Security services Maintenance services Besides above, the lessee intends to plant 0.1 hectare area every year for the life of mine and further plantation shall be done in the HTL barrier and the upper mining benches for the life of mine as per approved mining plan. The plantation will include fodder tree species as well. All personnel in worksites shall have protective gears like helmets, boots etc.so that injuries to personnel are minimized. Children and pregnant women shall not be allowed to work under any circumstances. No personnel shall be allowed to work at site for more than 10 hours per day (8 hour makes one work shift) Materials pertaining to archeological / historical importance, Department of Archeology, Meghalaya Govt. shall be immediately informed. Any coins, artifacts or any other chance find will be notified by the workers. The work will be stopped and instruction will be taken from archeological department. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 220 -

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS This project, on implementation shall help in increasing the overall income pattern of the neighboring people which shall indirectly help them to improve their living standards. Facilities like electricity and telephone are available in these interior/remote areas. There will be no displacement of families for the mining of limestone. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 221 -

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 9.1 GENERAL: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) works on theory of Prices for Priceless as it calculates the worth of life, nature and natural resources. Environmental Cost-benefit analysis offers a way of achieving superior environmental results at a lower overall cost to society than other available approaches. It produces more efficient decision by increasing monetary values of the life, health and natural resources. In order to assess the pros and cons of any particular regulatory standard for proposed activity, cost-benefit analysis seeks to translate all relevant considerations into monetary terms. 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR PROPOSED PROJECT: In Present study Environmental Cost Benefit analysis was done by implementing EMP; in terms of saving life, maintenance of natural resources by applying adequate measures to provide Air pollution control systems, development of green belt to limit noise pollution, implementation of provisions for conservation of natural recourses & their optimization, by safe disposal of waste. The total capital cost on the implementation of EMP has been projected as Rs 4 Lakhs and in addition recurring cost of Rs 6 Lakhs/annum has been provided. The analysis has shown that if the environmental measures are not implemented in right spirit then there will be negative effect on the production and the productivity of the project performance. Accumulation of solid waste on one hand and the decrease in productivity of the workers due to air pollution and noise pollution and non-implementation of the social welfare activities will have adverse impact on morale of the workers. Similarly plantation in the area has to be an integral part of the project which will not only enhance the aesthetic value but will also contain the dust of all kinds including PM2.5& PM10. It has been conclusively proved that implementation of EMP will have positive effect on the project which will Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 222 -

enhance the productivity and quality of the product thereby fetching higher price resulting in improvement in profitability. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 223 -

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.1 GENERAL: The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development in the study area. This chapter covers the genesis of pollution, the principal sources of pollution, the nature of pollution, the proposed measures required for meeting the prevailing statutory requirements of dust & gaseous emissions, waste water discharge characteristics, noise levels etc. for environmental management purpose in connection with the mining and mining related activities in the study area. For attaining the desired objective of good environmental quality in the study area, several management strategies in different phases are proposed and evaluated. Planned improvements including additional control measures Fugitive dust reduction on roads and internal roads for ore transport Progressive planning for the closure of mines This section discusses the management plan for mitigation/abatement impacts and enhancement of beneficial impacts due to mining. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been designed within the framework of various Indian legislative and regulatory requirements on environmental and socio-economic aspects. Environmental Management plan giving the environmental protection measures at mine to meet the stipulated norms of IBM/MoEF are detailed below. 10.2 MANAGEMENT OF LAND & POST MINING LAND USE: The lease land is private non forest land. The hills and its slopes are covered with scanty vegetation. Therefore existing land use is barren land with scanty vegetation. Proposed land use pattern after 5 years and conceptual land use is given below in the table Table 10-1Land Use in ha Sl. No. Pattern of Utilization Planned 5 year Conceptual Period 1 Mining 1.12 2.57 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 224 -

2 Infrastructure 0.01 0.010 (Rest-shed, office, first-aid center) 3 Construction of road 0.20 0.20 4 Green belt 4.87 4.87 a. Safety zone 1.30 (7.5m around ML boundary) b. Safety barrier due to HT line 3.07 c. Additional Plantation 0.5 M Area Available 7.38 5.93 Total 13.58 The ultimate proposed land-use is water reservoir and afforestation/green belt, which will facilitate better environment and the mined out will act as recharge pit thus providing a positive effect. 10.2.1 Mine Closure: The LoI has been granted.the period of lease is 30 years or it will be as per new MMDR Act passed by Parliament. This will be mentioned in the lease deed as and when executed. The mine is presently not in operation. Mining will be carried out as per approved mining plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan is approved. The ultimate land use of the pit will be as water reservoir. 10.3 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT: Plantation will be done in upper mining benches, in the statutory boundary and area left for barrier HT line. Any soil generated during mining shall be stacked & used for progressive plantation in the lease hold area as shown in Annexure 5 Conceptual mine plan. Total 4.87Ha area will be developed as green belt including 1.30Ha safety zone, 0.05 Ha additional plantation area and 3.07Ha Safety barrier area. In the 0.5Ha area which is initially allocated for plantation, shall be developed into green belt by planting @160 plants per year, further plantation shall be done once the mine is fully developed. Locally thriving flora shall be planted till the end of life of mine i.e. 9 Years. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 225 -

Plantation Schedule for the first five years as per approved mining plan Year Area to be planted (Ha) Spacing(m) No. of Saplings Type of Species to be planted Location 1 st Year 0.1 2.5 160 2 nd Year 0.1 2.5 160 3 rd Year 0.1 2.5 160 4 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 5 th Year 0.1 2.5 160 Mixed species as champa, maha neem, jackfruit etc. Afforestation to be carried out in southwestern and northern side of the M.L boundary (Ref. Plate-5) Total 0.5 800 After 5 years the area of left will be planted at the rate of 160 trees per year in the HTL barrier and the upper mining benches. 10.3 IMPACT ON HYDROLOGY AND GEO-HYDROLOGY: The hydro-geology of the area would not get disturbed as the ground water level (GW level) of the ML area is observed to be at 200 mrl. The highest and lowest altitude of the M.L area is observed to be at 387mRL and 273 mrl. The ultimate working depth is at 265 mrl. Hence there will be no impact due to ground water in the M.L area. Rain water collected into the pit will be used for sprinkling and after mining pit shall be converted into a water reservoir. 10.4 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING WATER POLLUTION AND CONSERVATION OF WATER: No water shall be pumped from ground during mining. Daily Water requirement will be approx.15kld. In which 6 KLD of water shall be required for mining and allied activities. 8KLD water will be required for dust suppression and green belt development. 1KLD will be used for drinking and domestic purposes. This water demand shall be fulfilled through Cement Plant; Rainwater collected shall also be used for sprinkling and green belt development. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 226 -

Figure 10-1Water Balance 10.5 MEASURES FOR CONTROLLING AIR POLLUTION: Major pollution in air quality is expected due to drilling, blasting and transportation of mineral. Dust is likely to be generated during transportation for which water sprinkling shall be done. The mining area, due to its very nature and scale of operation is likely to marginally contribute towards air pollution in the area. The effect is analyzed and this effect is mostly due to fugitive emission. For the mine, the only pollution occurs from dust during vehicular traffic, blasting, loading / unloading of limestone etc. As the particles are heavy in nature, they settle easily in the immediate vicinity. There is no other source for SO 2, NOx and CO except a little contributed by the vehicular traffic, which is well below the prescribed limits. Still, the following different control measures are proposed. Construction of well-compacted roads. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 227 -

Regular water spraying on roads by tankers. Provision of dust collectors for the drilling machines Controlled blasting Supply of dust masks for the drill operators Plantation of wide leaf trees, creepers, tall grasses around quarry sites, roads, and other surrounding barren zones. 10.6 NOISE ABATEMENT: Noise will be generated due to excavators, trucks, drilling machines and blasting. The results of ambient noise are within the permissible limits of industrial area. Noise levels are in the range of 85 100 db(a). Noise will be generated from tippers on haul roads in the range of 80-83 db(a). During drilling and blasting safety of the workers shall be ensured by providing them safety gears such as ear muffs, helmets, gloves, face masks etc. Proper and regular maintenance of heavy earth moving equipment, vehicles, compressors. Provision of supplying earplugs for compressor operators. Carrying of blasting only during daytime (not during cloudy weather and when strong wind is blowing towards residential areas). Blasting will be carried out with limited explosives at a time so that the noise generation can be well maintained with the prescribed limits. Provision of Green Belt (thick foliage) along the lease boundary and road. 10.7 SOIL CONSERVATION: The impact due to mining activities on soil in and around the study area, the effect on agricultural field, baseline soil quality within the study area has been evaluated with respect to physical and chemical parameters. The results show that the soil is low in fertility and therefore mining operations would not affect its quality. However there will be following measures done to ensure less deterioration of quality due to mining. Green cover shall be developed in the area to enhance soil fertility. Manure shall be added in the top soil used for mining so that the plantation developed can flourish. The transportation of mineral shall be done by trucks covered with tarpaulin so that there might be less deterioration of soil quality due to mixing of mineral in it. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 228 -

10.8 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT: No over burden shall be generated as the stripping ratio is 1:0.00. Some soil generated during mining shall be used for plantation. Since 21 workers will be working at the site. Municipal solid waste generated will be properly disposed off. Toilets will be provided and liquid waste shall be disposed of in septic tank followed by soak pit. Diesel and Oil will be used for running excavators, tippers, compressors; trucks etc. There will be generation of hazardous waste. All the used oil from mining equipments and dumpers excavators shall be stored in HDPE drums and shall be sent to authorized re-processor. 10.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC MEASURES: Social benefits will be anticipated from the proposed mining project in the surrounding villages includes; Employment generation and improve standard of living through welfare activities; Development of health, education, economy, and agriculture in 10 km study area w.r.t. project site for local community and welfare of tribal through implementation of social developments. Improvement in infrastructure like road etc. and activities through CSR will have positive impact. The impact of the project on the socio-economics of the region has been discussed in Chapter 4. Apart from overall beneficial impact of the project on the local people of the region, it is felt necessary to augment facilities in the fields of education, health and social awareness including concern for ecology. These are presented in an analyzing form in the following statement:- Sl. No. Environmental Attributes Nature of Impact a Employment Beneficial b Service, trade/commerce - do - c Public utility/education, social awareness Augmentation d Health care facilities - do - It is necessary to create awareness among the people. The beneficial aspects of the following measures that would be taken up by the mine as a periphery development project Family planning Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 229 -

Abandonment of shift cultivation Planting of trees and social forestry Reduction in the consumption of fuel wood and encourage use of alternative fuels Use of clean and boiled water Reducing the consumption of alcohol Saving from earnings Personal hygiene Regular health check In implementation of these measures, the mine management can contribute a lot on the overall socio-economic scenario of the region. 10.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & BUDGET ALLOCATION: The proposed mining will be operated by fully mechanized methods by deploying man and machines. Hence, it is envisaged to take up the following precautionary measures. Health Measures to be considered Sanitary facilities shall be well equipped with suppliers and employees shall be encouraged to wash frequently, particularly those exposed to dust. In the event of temporary closer, approaches will be fenced off and notice displayed. There shall be distribution of masks, ear muffs etc. Emerging Areas of Occupational Diseases in Mines The reported figures and surveys conducted by Directorate General of Mines Safety (DGMS) and other organizations like National Institute of Occupational Health (NIOH) etc. revealed that there have been some new trends in the occupational health scenario other than the conventional diseases. Following areas of occupational diseases are emerging with the changes in the mining industry: Musculoskeletal disorder (MSD). Noise Induced Hearing Losses. Health impact due to diesel particulates from emission of diesel operated vehicles and equipment. Hand-arm vibration, whole-body vibration due to use of Drills, HEMM etc. Regular Medical Check-up: Periodic medical examinations shall be conducted for all personnel, and specific surveillance programs instituted for personnel potentially exposed to health hazard. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 230 -

Occupational Health and Safety Budget S.No Description Amount (Rupees In Lacs) 1 Workers will be subjected to primary health 0.5 check-up before they are employed to ascertain their health conditions. Thereafter, Regular Medical check-up will be organized for workers & villagers to evaluate the adverse impact if any on these persons due to proposed mining activity. 2 Workers will be provided with masks, gloves, 0.5 goggles & ear muffs will be provided. 3 First Aid facility and training to workers. 0.5 4 Insurance for worker 0.5 Total Rs. 2 Lakhs 10.11 PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY: Dust can also be controlled by plantation. Therefore, following remedial measures are proposed to be undertaken: Regular water sprays, Scheduled maintenance of machineries Covered transportation of vehicles Green belt / plantation as a green barrier will be carried out to protect the village habitation from the dust pollution Medical check-up for silicosis / eye-camps will be organized for the villagers as a part of CSR activities. Allocation of funds towards public health has been indicated in the CSR activities. The proponent has proposed for Capital cost of CSR is estimated to be 5 Lakhs and Recurring cost budget is estimated to be 3 Lakhs. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 231 -

No site specific ailments have been detected so far affecting the health of persons/ public. Notices giving warning to prevent in advertent entry of persons shall be displayed at all conspicuous places and in particular near mine entries. Danger signs shall be displayed near the excavation site. Security guards will be posted. For organization of health check-up camps & to support safe working environment following budgetary provisions have been made PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY Sr. Impact Mitigation Amount (In Lacs) No 1. Health and Safety Health Check-up camps shall be organized. Rs 1.5 Support to primary Health centre Total Rs. 1.5 Lacs 10.12 TRANSPORTATION: Transportation of mined out mineral from the mine will be transported by trucks. Production is about 49275 MTPA which shall be 164.25 MT per day. About 3 trucks per day will be required ply in this mining project. They will make in total 22 trips a day. The proposed increase in traffic density will not cause significant impact on the traffic since the connecting road and nearby roads and State Highway NH-44 is capable of handling this increase in traffic density. The trucks will be properly covered with tarpaulin and overloading will not be allowed to avoid spillage on roads. Traffic Management: 1. Haul roads will be sprinkled with water to keep the dust suppressed. 2. A supervisor will be appointed to regulate the traffic movement near the site. 3. Speed breakers will be constructed accident prone areas to calm the traffic and its speed. 4. Sign post will be erected at the sensitive & precarious places to caution or provide information to road users. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 232 -

10.13 Implementation and Monitoring As the major attributes of environment are not confined to the project area alone, implementations of the proposed control measures and monitoring thereof have to be undertaken on a regional basis. The mine management will implement the control measures and monitor the efficacy within the lease area relating to the following specific areas as per the action plan. Collection of air and water samples at strategic locations with appropriate frequency and testing thereof. If the parameters exceed the permissible tolerance limits, corrective measures should be taken to arrest the pollution. Collection of soil samples at strategic location at least once in every year and testing thereof with regards to deleterious constituents, if any. Desiltation of drainage system and check dams. Measurement of water level fluctuation in the nearby dug wells and bore wells periodically. Plantation/ afforestation as per programme, regular watering of plants and fencing to protect them from animals. Measurement of noise levels at the mine site, stationery and mobile sources, mine office, canteen would be taken during day time only as mining operation will be carried out in one long day shift. 10.14 PLANS TO MAINTAIN BETTER ENVIRONMENT IN THE AREA: For maintaining better environment in the area the components relevant to the project that need to be taken into account include. The environmental Policy has been prepared for better management of the environment. The same is attached at Annexure-6. Afforestation/plantation details of plantation/afforestation programme Reclamation of degraded land and quarries. Constructions of check dam, boulder pitching of bench edges and haul roads etc. Monitoring of environmental parameters. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 233 -

Organizational Chart (Environmental Management) Organizational chart for environmental monitoring in the mining lease area, fiscal estimates for year-wise expenditure (both capital and recurring) and action plan to maintain better environment and to augment the environmental development, the following measures are suggested. Mines Manager Medical & Occupational Health Dept. Safety & Environment Officer Environment Personnel Safety Personnel Co-Ordination with Regulatory Agencies and Production Personnel Field Monitoring Staffs Chemist & Laboratory Staff Comparison with Environmental Standard and Compliance Reporting to Statutory Agencies 10.15 EMP BUDGETARY COST ESTIMATES: The cost estimates presented in this section are for the recommendations made above. These cost estimates give only the indication of the likely cost. The estimated environmental cost of the project is as follows. The total cost of the project will be Rs. 131 Lakh (Table 10-2). A fully fledged Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 234 -

environmental cell in operation at the CMCL plant will comply with the all the environmental monitoring jobs. Table 10-2Cost of Environmental Protection Measures (In Lakh INR) Sl. No. Measures Capital Cost (Rs. In Lakhs) Annual Recurring Cost (Rs. In Lakhs) 1 Pollution monitoring 1.5 1.6 2 Green Belt development 0.5 1.0 3 Water Conservation 0.5 1.0 measures 4 Haul Road Maintenance 1.0 1.6 5 Wire Fencing around Plants 0.5 0.8 and maintenance Total Rs 4.0 Lakhs Rs 6.0 Lakhs 10.16 CSR ACTIVITIES AND BUDGETARY ALLOCATION: Corporate Social Responsibility: For social sustainability of any project, attentions need to be paid to the development of the society that existed before or builds up around the project area. The Corporate Social Responsibility is the internalization of the social and environmental effect of its operations through proactive pollution prevention and social impact assessment so that it is anticipated and avoided and benefits are optimized. The concept is about companies seizing opportunities and targeting capabilities that they have built up for competitive advantages to contribute to sustainable development goals in ways that go beyond traditional responsibilities to shareholders, employees and the law. It is the active partnership of the company which defines the voluntary works with local communities as well as with regional and national Government and reciprocity based on trust and openness to reach agreed objectives and shared involvement. Budgetary Provisions for CSR: Capital cost of CSR is estimated to be Rs.3 Lakhs and Recurring cost budget is estimated to be Rs.2 Lakhs. Cost breakup is given below: Sr. No. Description Recurring Cost (Rupees In Lacs) 1 Assistance to local school, scholarship to students, etc. 0.8 2 Sanitations and drinking water facilities 0.5 3 Assistance in awareness drive 0.3 4 Assistance to self-help groups 0.4 Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 235 -

Total Rs. 2.00 Lakh CHAPTER-11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION The proposed project is for mining of Limestone mineral by opencast mechanized method with drilling and blasting at the rate of 49,275MTPA. The project has been initiated by the Cement Manufacturing Company Limited, a company incorporated under the Companies Act 1956. The company has a cement plant of present capacity 2400 TPD at the initial stage which is likely to be increased in near future. The proposed project is a captive mine for the CMCL s cement plant Government of Meghalaya has given consent to grant a mining lease for Limestone over an area of 13.58 hectares in Village Lumshnong, District East Jaintia Hills, State -Meghalaya having high potential for exploitation of Limestone. The State Government has consented to grant the mining lease for Limestone. The period of lease is 30 years. The LoI was issued vide letter no. MG- 96/2007/82 dated 22nd July,2010 attached as LoI atannexure 2.This area is rocky barren and does not fall under forest land. Mining plan has been approved. The approval letter is given at Annexure- 5 CMCL applied to obtain EC from SEIAA, Meghalaya on 02/11/2012 SEIAA. SEIAA granted the TOR Letter No. SEIAA/PR-23/2012/3 Dated 24.4.2013 and Public hearing was conducted on 12.6.2014. Thereafter, before the final appraisal by SEAC the Narpuh reserve forest was declared as Wild Life Sanctuary. General conditions became applicable and the project is now considered as Category A project. Due to this Proponent is applying in MoEF for grant of Environmental Clearance. Mining will commence after obtaining Environmental Clearance. Location Details & Project Description:Topo-sheet No. 72 O/16 (Restricted) Lat: 25 9'42.78"N to 25 9'58.59"N Long: 92 23'12.31"E to 92 23'40.20"E The mineable reserves of Limestone are 430155 MTand geological reserves are 10990518.75MT. The Life of the Mine will be 9 years. Mining It is an open cast mechanized mining with drilling and blasting. Maximum strength of workers will be 21. Preference will be given to locals. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 236 -

The ultimate bench design will be 3*4.5m (working bench width will be around 20m), ultimate depth of mining for plan period will be 381-330mRL i.e. 51m and ultimateslope will be 45 0. The ultimate working depth is as per conceptual plan is 265 mrl. Drilling and Blasting: Drilling shall be done followed by blasting. Explosives-Nitro Mixture explosives with ANFO combination. Daily requirement of explosives: 24Kg/day with powder factor 6 T/kg. Explosives shall be stored in existing magazine of capacity 6MT which has valid license. Entire ROM will be taken to crusher 2.5Km N to Lease area for further mineral processing. There shall be dewatering of mine because seepage water has to be pumped out to make the face for mining. Baseline Environment:The baseline study was done in March-May, 2013 and Revalidated data for baseline study was collected in May, 2015 as per directions of EAC, MoEF& CC. Land-use: Study area (10 km radius od project site) contain agriculture land 17.56%, Forest land 69.57%, Built up was in 1.64 %, Barren Land 6.03% & of the total study area 78.57Sq. Km. Water Quality: The results of May, 2015 show thatph of water varies from ph- 5.9-7.8. Other parameters T.D.S 25-210 mg/l,sulphate 1.0-27.1 mg/l, Chloride 6.1-32.1 mg/l, Calcium 2-40 mg/l and Magnesium 0.9-6.0 mg/l are within the standard of IS: 10500 of drinking water. BOD varies from 2.2-7.1mg/l and DO varies from 4.3-6.5 mg/l.in comparison to baseline study done in March- May, 2013 the current values for few water quality parameters ie TDS, SO4, Cl, Ca. Mg has increased due to anthropogenic activities. Ambient Air Quality:Ambient air sampling for minimum, maximum, mean and 98 percentile values of PM 10, SO 2, and NO X was performed continuously for 24 hours and results of bith March- May, 2013 and May, 2015 were found to be well within permissible limits. Noise Quality: The ambient noise level of May, 2015 at show slightly higher values of noise. This is due to the increase in vehicular movements. Though the results were found within the prescribed ambient noise quality standards. Soil Quality:Primary nutrient profile shows that soil is low in fertility due to the availability of low amount of nitrogen, potassium because amount of primary nutrients is less. This was revalidated during May, 2015 results. Ecology and Biodiversity: Ecology bio Diversity of the area is as follows: Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 237 -

Flora:Core zone has scanty vegetation with few trees of Terminalia catappa, Toona ciliate, Artocarpus heterophyllus sps. In buffer zone some of the species normally planted here are: Litsea citrata, Populus glambelei, Terminalia myriocarpa are found extensively. Few vegetables and fruits are recently grown. Tree species such as Ailanthes grandisalbizia sp., Bauhinia purpureaetc were found. Fauna: Terrestrial Fauna contains Indian grey Mongoose, field rat, squirrel, Mayna, Garden Lizardetc.; Hog Badger, Assam Bamboo Patridge, Kingfisher, Indian Monitor Lizard etc. in the buffer zone. Socio-Economic The total Population 8984 of the area is where male 4566& female 4418. Literacy rate was observed in the study area where 4457 total population.male literacy rate of the study area is 2258 and female literacy rate is 2100. Employment study reveals that total working population is 3193, where main workers are 2561, marginal workers are 612, cultivators are 1490, agricultural labors are 620, household workers 30&other workers are 1051. About 64.4% of the total population is unemployed. Anticipated Impact and Mitigation Measures: 1. Land Environment: Mining may cause land degradation but since in the proposed project lease area is already barren and does not support any agriculture on it therefore mining will not impart any negative effect on land. Green belt development shall be done from the top soil excavated during mining. 2. Water Environment: Total water requirement in the proposed mining project is 15 KLD. Dust suppression shall be done by collecting operational pit water collected during rain. Drinking water will be sourced by from CMCL s Plant. There will be no waste water generation. The pits will be developed into recharge pit by collecting rain water. 3. Air Environment: The air borne particulate matter is the main air pollutant contributed by opencast mining. Various emission sources are identified from the proposed mining operations. Therefore, sprinkling shall be done and workers will be given protective gears such as goggles, dust masks, gloves, helmets and earmuffs. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 238 -

4. Noise Environment As the proposed mining operations will be carried out on small scale. The mining will be done by mechanized method with drilling and blasting. Hydraulic excavator will be used in excavation. Hence workers will be given protective gears such as goggles, dust masks, gloves, helmets and earmuffs. Plantation will be done to create cover from high noise. 5. Biological Environment:No forest area diversion is required in the proposed mining. The fauna in the vicinity of the mine is restricted to few common species. There will be no impact on flora and fauna due to the proposed project. Conservation plan has been prepared for the Sc-I species and approved by Chief Wildlife Warden. Attached as Annexure 10 6. Socio- Economic environment: The project will enhance direct and indirect employment in the area. Therefore overall economic development is much likely after the commencement of the project. 7. Mine Waste: No reclamation is proposed during first five years plan. The top soil shall be stacked and later shall be used for green belt development. Used oil shall be sold to authorized dealers. Hence there will not be any impact due to waste generation in the surround environment due to the proposed mining project. 8. Impacts due to transportation: All ROM will be transported from the mines to the crusher by 10 MT tonne tippers. The crusher is located at a distance of about 2.5km near the cement plant site outside the M.L area. Due to proposed increase in traffic density shall be very less as number of vehicle deployed is less and the area has minimum transportation. Environmental Monitoring Programme: Environmental monitoring at various locations, within the ML area and in the study area of 10 km radius will be carried out on periodic basis. A comprehensive network for monitoring has been prepared. Sampling locations have been identified by considering the source of pollution due to mining operations, drainage pattern, topography of the area and biological environment. 2 Lakhs capital cost has been estimated and for that fund has been allocation towards environmental monitoring program of about 4 Lakhs as recurring cost. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan: The proposed mining project is a smaller one with respective to its operations and production capacity. Mining will be carried out by mechanized opencast mining, with mining equipments as excavator, dumpers etc. Mining will be done under strict supervision hence the rate of operational risks is minimal. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 239 -

Rehabilitation and Resettlement- No person is being displaced and no land owner is being put to disadvantage because of the project. However mutually agreed compensation will be given to them. The proponent has proposed for Capital cost of CSR is estimated to be 3Lakhs and Recurring cost budget is estimated to be 2 Lakhs. Project benefits: The proposed mining project has a significant positive impact on the socioeconomic environment and it will help sustain the overall development of the area. The proposed project significantly contributes the economic development by providing direct employment to 31 and indirect employment to many more people in the area. By organizing health checkup camps, awareness programs about rural development of the locals in the field of education, personal health care and skill development campaigns to improve standards of living in the area. Environmental Management Plan: Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required for formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after commissioning of the proposed mining project. There is provision of 4 lakh rupees for provision of EMP and recurring cost of 6 lakh rupees as capital cost and 2Lakhs recurring cost has been assigned. Fund for Occupational Health and Safety and Public health implications has also been assigned as 2Lakhs and 1.5Lakhs respectively. Among other environmental protection following measures are listed below: Applying water for dust suppression on mine haul roads. Regular Compaction & grading of haul roads and service roads to clear accumulation of loose material. Avoid overloading of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads. Good maintenance of vehicles & machinery. Water sprinklers of fixed type will be provided at the mine approach roads from mine face / benches to crush hopper to prevent the generation of dust. Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 240 -

Disclosure of Consultants Engaged Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 241 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 242 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 243 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 244 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 245 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 246 -

Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 247 -

ANNEXURE 1ToR Letter Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 248 -

ANNEXURE 2LOI OF GOVERNMENT Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 249 -

ANNEXURE 3PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page- 250 -

ANNEXURE 4 Compliance Report of Public Hearing Compliance report of the proceedings for public hearing for the proposed lime stone mine over 13.58 hectares Compliance of proceedings of public hearing for the proposed wahpynkon Limestone Mining over an area of 13.58 Ha of M/S Cement Manufacturing Company Ltd. Was conducted on the 12 th June 2014 from 2.00 P.M. at Lumshnong Village East Jaintiya Hills District.Total 33 person spoke on the date of public hearing.all the 33 persons Spoke in favour of the project.the compliance report of the all persons who supported o the various context are enunciated below : Sr.No Name & address Comments /suggestion/remarks Copmliance 1. Mr Shedrik Rupai Secretary,Lumshnong 2. Mr.Manbha lyngdoh, Narpuh Elaka Doloi 3. Mr.Sailen Singh Sutnga Headman Umkiang 4. Mr.Pardon well lyngdoh Ex Executive member Umkiang 5. Mr Lowis Lamin.Headman lumpyllut village 6. Mr. welly Pohshna,Executive memberumkiang 7. Mr. Dri Massa, Headman Pyrta Kuna 8. Mr.Hamlet Suja Asst.Head man lumpyyllut -village 9. Mr Stan Lamin President Sengesamala Umkiang 10. Mr.Sharai lamare, Headman,Borsohara - Village 11. Mr.Rishore Lamin Secreatary Dona Um- bluh 12. Mr. Ram Syrti Secretary Dong Skur 13. Mr. love you Bareh. Sec.VEC Pyrtakuna - Village 14. Mr.C Lamare General Secretary Elaka Narpuh 15 Mr. Jerimaia Dkhar,Asstt. Secy.Elaka Narpuh 16. Mr.Atli H.A.S.Syih,Vice Chairman,Elaka Narpuh 17. Mr.Phon Syjh Vice Treasurer, Elaka Narpuh 18. Mr.Charly Suna,Ex. Secy, Elaka Narpuh Has extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Has extends his full support To the proposed limestone mining Supports the proposed project. Supports the proposed project Supports the proposed project Supports the proposed project Supports the proposed project Supports the proposed project Has extends his full support To the proposed limestone mining Has extends his full support To the proposed limestone mining Supports the proposed project Has extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Has extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Has extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Has extends his full support to the proposed limestone mining Supports the proposed project Supports the proposed project CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project.

19. Mr.July Dkhar, Headman- Thangskai Extends his support to the proposed project 20. Shri O.P. Syijh,Headman Extends his supports to the,shymplong proposed project 21. Mr.B.G. Rymbai,Ex Secreary- Extends his supports to the Village, Khuk, Elaka Narpuh proposed project 22. Mr. Chem Laloe, Sec Suna purdi, Extends his supports to the village proposed project 23. Mr. Atiar Bamnon Tongsieng - Extends his supports to the Village proposed project. He requested the Govt.to grant the Enviornment Clearance 24. Mr.Sunday Suting Headman Extends his supports to the,wahiajer,narpuh proposed project 25. Mr.Minot Sympli Extends his supports to the Headman,Cheeruphi proposed project 26. Mr.Lamshwa Kyndoh He extends his supports to the proposed mining project as it has brought development to the village. 27. Mr.Lalang lamare, Member Lumshnong Extends his supports to the proposed project. He requested the Govt.to grant the Environment Clearance Extends his supports to the proposed project Extends his supports to the proposed project Extends his supports to the proposed project Extends his supports to the proposed project 28. Mr. Cherister Dkhar -, Member Lumshnong 29. Mr.Six Shylla - Executive Member Lumshnong 30. Mr.Te Shally, Executive Member Lumshnong 31. Mr. Splindro Dkhar Lumshnong Supplier 32. Mr.Joining Dkhar Secretary Extends his supports to the proposed project 33. Mr. Shianiah Sucheen,President HANM,Jaintia Hills Unit Extends his supports to the proposed project and requested the company to maintain the Green belt as laid down in terms & condition of the Environmental Clearance. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL management is thankful for extending support for the project. CMCL will follow all the rules applicable for the mines and safeguards the interest of the surrounding village by following all the norms as per EIA/EMP Plan. Compensatory afforestation program will be undertaken (A) Written Complaints / Suggestions Sr.No Name & address Comments /suggestion/remarks Copmliance 1. Sh. R. Khonglah, Headman, Lumshnong village The company is recalculating water & supplies to colony for domestic use & to cement plant for cooling. No discharge into water body / nalah.he supported the company for EC No comments 2. All North East Trucks Drivers Association 3. Labour Association, Jaintia Hills, Distt.Meghalaya They demanded arrangement of night stay for the drivers. They supported the company for EC They demanded local employment in the ratio of 60% Tribal & 40% Non- PP agreed for the demand and provision for night shelter will be made. Provision of unskilled local employment has been made in EIA/EMP report and

4. Member District Council, Jaintia Hills, Autonomous Distt. Council, Jowai 5. Khasi Jaintia Truck Owner,s Association 6. Land owner Forest Owner Association Tribal. They supported the company for EC They have suggested to the Co. to follow the rules of EC They supported the company for EC They supported the company for EC They demanded local employment. They supported the company for EC will be followed as per state policy. PP is bound to follow all the rules of EC. No comments 7. Sh. C. Laloo, Jowai He supported the company for EC No comments 8. Jaintia Indigenous People They supported the company for EC No comments Association 9. Poor People Conference They supported the company for EC No comments Organization, Jaintia Hills, Distt. Meghalaya 10. Office of the Dorbar Shnong, They supported the company for EC No comments Maikhuli 11. Western Ribhoi Organization Border They supported the company for EC No comments Area 12. Youth and Employment Organization, West Jaintia Hills Cement plants do not follow the provisions of Meghalaya Govt. Industries Act, 1977 to appoints jobs to the local people in the ratio of 60% Tribal & 40% Non-Tribal. 13 Sh. Marki Mulieh, MDC, JHADC He has challenged the functions of SPCB constitutionally& has opposed the PH itself(representation made to CM) 14 North East India Environment Association, Jaintia Hills Branch, Meghalaya They have appreciated the co. for development in the area. They have suggested to the Co. to follow the rules & Forest Conservation Act, 1980 15 Sh. Bin Shaclop They supported the company for EC No comments 16 Office of thedarbar Shnong They supported the company for EC No comments Mookyndur 17 Office of Nongkhroh village They supported the company for EC No comments 18 Office of the Morathud village They supported the company for EC No comments 19 Madur Maskut Field Management They supported the company for EC No comments Committee 20 Office of the Daloi Maskut West They supported the company for EC No comments Jaintia Hills District, Meghalaya 21 Sports Club Wahiajer Authorities They supported the company for EC No comments 22 Office of the Dorbar Shnong They supported the company for EC No comments Sohphoh 23 Office of the Nartiang village They supported the company for EC No comments Provision of unskilled local employment has been made in EIA/EMP report and will be followed as per state policy. Provision of unskilled local employment has been made in EIA/EMP report and will be followed as per state policy. The representation is irrelevant. He has not given representation in the right forum.he was supposed to give his complaints/suggestions specific to the project. No comments

ANNEXURE 5Mining Plan Approval Letter

ANNEXURE 6ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY M/s Cement Manufacturing Company Limited Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills District, Meghalaya M/s Cement Manufacturing Company Limitedis a company specialized in mining of Limestone and manufacture of Cements. We are committed towards adopting environmentally sustainable projects. We recognize that our activities have an impact on the environment in terms of the mining of minerals, use of raw materials, emissions to air and water, and seek to minimize these as far as is reasonably practicable. We shall therefore endeavour to: Preventing Environmental Pollution by continual improvement in environmental performance of the Environmental Management Plan. Compliance with all environmental legislations, regulations under the EIA Notification 2006 amendment 2009. Make efficient use of natural resources by conserving energy and water, minimizing waste, and recycling where possible. Duly take care of the requirements in relation to waste management by ensuring the safe keeping, transportation and subsequent recovery or disposal of waste. Use recycled construction materials whenever these can be commercially justified. Keep transport use to a minimum and regularly service vehicles to maintain their efficiency. Promote environmental awareness amongst employees, local communities and interested parties through proactive communication and training. Management shall review the suitability and effectiveness of environmental objectives and targets through periodic management review process. The policy shall be communicated to employees at all levels, local communities and stakeholders for compliance of environmental Terms of References. To impart training to employees and motivate them to safeguard the environment.

To strive to continually improve environmental performance by audit and review, change in environmental policy as per prevailing situation from time to time.

ANNEXURE 7DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN PROJECT PROPONENT M/S. Cement Manufacturing Company Ltd VILLAGE LUMSHNONG, DISTRICT EAST JAINTIA HILLS MEGHALAYA Phone number: 03655, 278215/16/17/18, FAX- 03655-278217 E-mail: Lumshnong @yahoo.co.in Environmental Consultant M/s Perfact Enviro Solutions Pvt Ltd NABET (ISO 9001: 2008 &ISO 14001: 2004 Certified) regd. Company 503-507, 5th Floor, NN Mall, MangalamPalace Sector 3, Rohini, New Delhi-110085 Phone No.: 011-47528467, Fax: 011-47528434 Disaster Management Plan The Disaster Management Plan proposed limestone mining project will cover hazard Identification due to various mining and allied activities, the risk involved due to the hazards and planning the necessary mitigation measures for the same. The following natural/ industrial

hazards as follows: Failure of pit slope Accident due to transportation & other equipment etc. Structure of the Disaster Management Plan (i) Outline of Disaster Management Plan The purpose of disaster management plan is to restore the normalcy for early resumption of mining operation due to an unexpected, sudden occurrence resulting to abnormalities in the course of mining activity leading to a serious danger to workers or any machinery or the environment. The following factors will play major role in the management strategy. The disaster management plan may be broadly divided into following steps as: Disaster Management Plan (DMP) Emergency Preparedness Plan Resource Availability Response Action taken during Emergency Objectives of Disaster Management Plan (ii) System of Communication Where is an internal communication system for the department head and to their line of command with telephone. The telephone numbers and addresses of adjoining mines, rescue station, police station, fire service station, local hospital, electricity supply agency and standing consultative committee members are also maintained for any emergency requirement. (iii) Consultative Committee A standing consultative committee will be formed under the head of mines manager. The members consists of safety officer/medical officer/asst. manager/ public relation officer/ Foreman/ and environmental engineer. (iv) Facilities & Accommodation Accommodation and facilities for medical centre, rescue room and for various working groups will be provided. (v) First Aid & medical facilities The mine management is having first aid/ medical centre for use in emergency situation. All

casualties would be registered and will be given first aid. The centre will have facilities for first aid & minor treatment, resuscitation, ambulance and transport. It will have proper telephone/wireless set for quick communication with hospitals where the complicated cases are to be sent. (vi) Transport services A well defined transport control system will be provided to deal with the situation. (vii) Functions of Public Relations/ Responsibility of Mine Management (a) To make a cordial relation with government officials and other social service organization and working groups. (b) To liaise with representatives of the mine to ameliorate the situation of panic, tension, sentiments, grievances and misgivings created by any disaster. (c) To ameliorate the injured, survivors and family members of affected persons by providing material, moral support and establishing contact with relatives of victims. Offsite Emergency Plan Offsite emergency plan defining the various steps to tackle any offsite emergencies which may affect surrounding areas of the project has to be prepared after due final discussion with local panchayat and revenue officials. As per this offsite plan, actions have to be promptly initiated to deal with any offsite disastrous situation, with help of Collector and other officials.

ANNEXURE 8 Geo-Hydrological Report Geomorphology Geo- Hydrological Study Report Geomorphologically, the area is a undulatory one, comprising dissected plateau, denudational high and low hills with deep gorges. The southern parts form a platform on which Tertiaries were deposited in the post-cretaceous period. Topography varies from gently rolling type to highly undulating type. The highest point of 162.7m above MSL is observed at Maryngksin, in eastern part and the lowest point is 76m above MSL at Dawki. Broadly, the district can be differentiated into four major geomorphic units. Alluvial plain in the southern part of the district bordering Bangladesh. Area having denudo-structural hills and highly undulating topography. Area showing more or less flat topography with rolling mounds representing plateau Area containing denudational hills and less dissected topography. Drainage The drainage system of the area is controlled by topography. The drainage pattern is sub-parallel to parallel. It is being controlled by joints and faults as indicated by the straight courses of the rivers and streams with deep gorges. Soil Type The district shows different types of soils as the provenance differs widely. The loamy soil is the most prevalent one. Soils vary from sandy to clayey-loam in Jowai and Nongbah. Reddish lateritic soil is observed in the hill slope in Sonapur and alluvial soil occurs in the southern periphery of the district eg Dawki, Muktapur, Lakroh etc. The soil is acidic in nature, with low percentage of phosphorous and high organic carbons. Hydrogeology Hydro geologically, the area can be divided into three units, namely consolidated, semi consolidated and unconsolidated formations as described ahead Consolidated formation: These include the oldest rock formations. Peneplained gneissic complex, quarzites, etc. constitute this unit. The depth of weathering varies from place to place and is 15 to 20 m at places. The presence of substantial-weathered gives rise to secondary porosities, which form excellent repository of ground water in hard rock areas. The storage and movement of ground water in hard rock is controlled by physiography, zone of weathering and interconnected places of weakness. Ground water occurs under unconfined condition and in semi-confined condition in the interconnected secondary structural weakness/ features like joints, fractures etc of the underlying hard rocks. The depth to water level varies between 0.13 to 1.13 m bgl.

Semi consolidated formation: It ranges in age from late Cretaceous to Plio- Pleistocence. The Shella formation of the Jaintia Group is the most conspicuous. Ground water in this formation occurs under unconfined to semi confined conditions due to primary porosities of the semi consolidated formations as well as in the secondary porosities like caverns, open fractures and joints. The formations show both isolated hammock type topography to highly undulating topography with steeply rising hills and deep gorges. Understandably, the karst topography is observed in area occupied by the cavernous limestone. The depth to water level lies between 0.30 and 1.13 m bgl. Unconsolidated formation: The unconsolidated formation is mainly represented by Recent Alluvium. Ground Water Exploration: The ground water development is yet to be picked up in the district. As part of ground water exploration programme of CGWB, the Board had drilled seven exploratory wells and one observatory well in the district. The depth of the exploratory well ranges from 80.18 m to 159.52 m below ground level. The depth to water level of the wells ranges from 5.15 to 14.18 m below ground level. The ground water discharge in general varies from 0.30 cum /hr to 6.3 m3 /hr. The Transmissivity varies between less than 1 sqm /day to 3.65 sqm /day, except at Litang valley where the cavernous limestone is encountered with a high transmissivity of 287 m 2 /day. Ground Water Resources The dynamic ground water resources have been assessed based on Ground Water Resources Estimation methodology of 1997 (GEC 97) by CGWB. In this methodology two approaches are recommended i.e. water level fluctuation method and rainfall infiltration method. As the data on ground water level is insufficient, the rainfall infiltration method is used for calculating the resource estimation of the district. Moreover, hilly area having slope of more than 20% are not taken into consideration as they do not support recharge significantly. Hence, the remaining area is delineated into command and non command area and assessment is done for both monsoon and non-monsoon seasons. As per the Rainfall Infiltration Factor method, recharge from rainfall is given by the following formula: (Rf ) = RIF *A * NMR Where RIF = rainfall infiltration factor A = Area of computation for recharge. NMR = Normal monsoon rainfall Recharge from sources other than rainfall, ground water irrigation, recharge from ponds and tanks, check dams nalla bunds is taken as nil for the district, only surface water irrigation is taken into account. The total annual recharge is obtained as the arithmetic sum of recharge from rainfall and the recharge from sources other than rainfall. Thus Ground water Resource Potential (as on March 2009) in ham is 34020 as per CGWB. Development of Ground Water

As per the ground water resource and the stage of development computed, it can be seen that, ground water development is yet to be picked up in the area. As per CGWB it was less than 10% as on March 2009. The stage of development during the last decade is negligible and the district can be developed further by utilizing the abundant ground water resources available in the district. Annexure 9 Air Dispersion Report

AIR DISPERSION MODELLING REPORT IMPACT PREDICTION OF NON POINT EMISSIONS ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY For Cement Manufacturing Company Limited At Lumshnong Limestone Mine Lumshong, East Jaintia Hills District- Meghalaya (Over ML Area of 13.58 Hectares) BY: M/s PERFACT ENVIRO SOLUTIONS PVT. LTD. 502-507 NN MALL, SECTOR 3 ROHINI NEW DELHI 110085 PH : 011 47528467 FAX : 011-47528434

CONTENT No. CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION 2. METHODOLOGY 3. INPUT DATA 4. IMPACT PREDICTION 5. RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION The ambient air quality Ground Level Concentration (GLC) of the area near any project is impacted due to air pollution sources in the project. The air pollution sources are of two types: 1. Point Sources Chimneys/ duct 2. Non Point Sources Vehicles, machinery, blasting, drilling etc. The emissions from these sources spread or disperse in the air and cause increase in the pollution level in ambient air. This cause increase in Ground Level Concentration(GLC). This increase in GLC can be predicted for proposed project using Air Dispersion Modelling. It is a Limestone Mine Project with leased hold area about 13.58 hectares and the longitude & latitude of lease boundary is given below: The coordinates of the individual lease boundary pillars are given in the table ahead Latitude longitude 25 09 47.8 N 92 23 12.9 E 25 09 43.1 N 92 23 16.3 E 25 09 44.4 N 92 23 25.0 E 25 09 47.6 N 92 23 32.4 E 25 09 50.7 N 92 23 32.7 E 25 09 54.4 N 92 23 40.1 E 25 09 59.0 N 92 23 38.7 E

25 09 58.2 N 92 23 35.1 E 25 09 53.3 N 92 23 25.4 E 25 09 52.6 N 92 23 24.5 E 25 09 47.3 N 92 23 18.8 E 25 09 48.7 N 92 23 14.1 E As in this case, AERMOD model developed by Lake Environmental Software is used to predict the GLC, when blasting/drilling in the mine is undertaken without taking any control measures. Thereafter the model was again used to check the GLC if appropriate control Measures are taken before blasting or drilling is done in the mine area.

CHAPTER 2 METHODOLOGY For Air Dispersion Modelling following methodology shall be used: Modelling Procedure Methodology: Prediction of ground level concentrations (GLC) due to proposed Lime Stone Mine of Lumsong have been made by Aermod model. Gaussian Plume Model Ground Level Concentration, from a point source at any receptor under unlimited mixing is given by (USEPA,1987). Qg 1 g 2 = (2 y z u) where, g 1 = exp(-y 2 /2y 2 ) g 2 = exp[-(z-h) 2 /2 z 2 ] + exp[-(z+h) 2 /2 z 2 ]

In unstable or neutral conditions if z > 1.6 L (limited mixing) the distribution below the mixing height is uniform with height provided that both the effective height H, and the receptor height z are below the mixing height = Qg 1 ( y Lu 2 ) In unstable case or neutral conditions when z < 1.6 L Qg 1 = (2 y z u) where, Q = source strength Z = receptor height above the ground H e = effective stack height (Plume rise + Physical stack height) u = wind speed at stack level L = mixing height and y & z = dispersion parameters g 3 = exp[-(z-h+2nl) 2 /2 z 2 ] + exp[-(z+h+2nl) 2 /2 z 2 ] Evaluation with N the number of reflections, varying from 4 to +4 is usually sufficient

Plume Rise Plume rise h has been determined according to Brigg s formula (CPCB guideline) h = 21.425 F 3 4 for F<55 and U s h = 38.71 F 3 5 for F>55 U s F = g V s D 2 (T s -T a )/4T s Where U s = wind speed at stack level (m/s) V s = stack gas velocity (m/s) T s = stack gas temperature ( 0 K) T a = ambient temperature ( 0 K) F = Buoyancy flux parameter (m 4 /s 3 ) h = Plume rise (m) D = Diameter of the stack (m) g = acceleration due to gravity, 9.807 (m/s 2 ) Extrapolation of Wind Speed

Wind speed at stack level is calculated by power law as given below. U stack = U 10 (Stack height/10) p Where U 10 is the wind speed at 10 meter level and p is the power law coefficient (0.07, 0.07, 0.10, 0.15, 0.35 and 0.55 for stability classes A,B,C,D,E and F respectively) as per Irwin for rural areas (USEPA, 1987). Stability Classification Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as suggested by Slade(1965)and recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998). = Wd r /6, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, W dr is the overall wind direction fluctuation or width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for stability classes is given as under. Stability Class (degree) A > 22.5 B 22.4 17.5

C 17.4 12.5 D 12.4 7.5 E 7.4 3.5 F < 3.5 Dispersion Parameters Dispersion parameters y and z for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as the project is locatedon a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions. (CPCB PROBES/70/1997-98). Rural Conditions Stability Class y z A 0.22x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.20x B 0.16x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.12x C 0.11x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5 D 0.08x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5 E 0.06x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x) -1 F 0.04x(1+0.0001x) -.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x) -1

INPUT DATA 1. Point Source: CHAPTER 3 Since it is a day time activity and all the machineries are diesel operating there is no point source emissions. 2. Non Point Source: As described in chapter 2 the mining process will have following fugitive emission sources: 1. Drilling 2. Blasting 3. Loading 4. Transportation Emission Sources and Characteristics No. of pit 1 Size of pit 22.5m x 12.5m x 6m The other details are as follows: Release height 3m. Pit volume 1687 m 3 Emission Rate of PM 10 without control = 0.0016 g/s/m 2 Emission Rate of PM 10 with control = 0.0009 g/s/m 2

Line Source Length of Haul road 500 m Emission Rate of PM 10 without control = 0.00012 g/s/m 2 Emission Rate of PM 10 with control = 0.0000868 g/s/m 2 3. eteorological Data Hourly meteorological data project site for the period (March-May-2013) in respect of wind speed, wind direction, temperature and cloud amount are utilized in this study. Mean mixing heights for each hour for region are extracted from the IMD data. These data are used in air quality modelling. Ambient Air Quality Standards andbackground Concentrations Ambient air quality standards promulgated by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for different areas are as follows: S. No Pollutant Time Weighted Average Concentration in Ambient Air Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area Ecologically Sensitive Area(Notified by Central Government) 1. Sulphur Dioxide(SO 2 ), µg/m 3 Annual* 24 hours** 50 80 20 80 2. Nitrogen Dioxide(NO 2 ), µg/m 3 Annual* 24 hours** 40 80 30 80 3. Particulate Matter(size less than 10µm) or PM 10 µg/m 3 Annual* 24 hours** 60 100 60 100 *Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals

**24 hours monitored values, shall be compiled with 98% of the time in a year, 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of the morning. Location Distance from Site Direction Background Concentration (g/m3) (98 Pecentile) PM 10 Lease area - - 38.6 Lease area - - 36.9 Tongseng Village 2.64 Km SW 37.4 Umlaper Village 0.87 Km NW 37.4 Umlong Village 5.41 Km NW 36.5 Lumshnong Village 2.45 Km NW 38.4 CMCL Plant 1.64 Km NW 36.3 Hill Area 8.10 Km NE 36.8 The above standards are for a sampling period of 24 hours. The measured maximum values of pollutants at various ambient air quality monitoring stations are as given below: 4. Plan and Frame Work of Computations Selection of Locations

The locations have been selected around project site covering an area of 10 km radius from the centre of the project site. The entire area has been put on grid network and grid spacing has been taken as 1000 m. Plan of Computation The emission rate, dispersion coefficients and other input data being now available; it was planned to compute the following: - The 24 hourly averaged incremental concentration with hourly data. - The identification of grid point having peak concentration for the incremental values. - Preparation of isopleths of for various pollutants.

CHAPTER 4 IMPACT PREDICTION 1. Impact Prediction from Non Point: On applying the input data in the software for Air Dispersion AERMOD the output gives the following results The results generated by Aermod showing impact on ambient air is given earlier in form of isopleths.

2. After using control measures:

CHAPTER 5 RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS PREDICTED AMBIENT AIR QUALITY FOR NON POINT SOURCE IMPACT OF PM With a wide fluctuation in meteorological parameters it is a complex task to predict post project ambient air quality. With available ambient air quality data and incremental concentrations computed through mathematical modelling the following post project ambient air quality has been predicted. Maximum imact will be within lease area Location Background Concentration PM 10 (g/m 3 ) Predicted Incremental Concentration PM 10 (g/m 3 ) without control measures Post Project Air Quality PM 10 without control measures (g/m 3 ) Predicted Incremental Concentrati on PM 10 (g/m 3 ) with control measures Post Project Air Quality PM 10 with control measures (g/m 3 ) NAAQS (g/m 3 ) Core Zone Lease area 38.6 65.4 104 3.21 41.81 100 Lease area 36.9 50.9 87.8 8.32 45.22 100 Buffer Zone Tongseng Village 37.4 1.02 38.42 0.14 37.54 100 Umlaper Village 37.4 0.20 37.6 0.16 37.56 100 Umlong Village 36.5 0.63 37.13 0.20 36.7 100 Lumshnong Village 38.4 0.08 38.48 0.01 38.41 100 CMCL Plant 36.3 0.46 36.76 0.33 36.63 100 Hill Area 36.8 0.29 37.09 0.17 36.97 100

Annexure 10 Conservation plan Annexure 10 Conservation Plans

Annexure 11 Test Reports Annexure 11 Test Reports

PLATES

PLATE 1LOCATION PLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 2BUFFER ZONE PLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 3 ECO-SENSITIVE AREA MAP EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 4 SURFACE- GEOLOGICAL PLAN

PLATE 5 CONCEPTUAL PLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 6LAND USE PLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 7GROUND WATER PROFILE EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

PLATE 8PROGRESSIVE MINECLOSURE PLAN

LATE 9SAMPLE LOCATION PLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya

Plate10DRAINAGEPLAN EIA of Wah Pynkon Limestone Mine (13.58 ha) of M/s CMCL, Lumshnong, East Jaintia Hills, Meghalaya